Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark one)

 

x      Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

o         Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

For the transition period from                 to                

 

Commission file number 001-15955

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

COLORADO

 

84-0826324

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

821 17th St., Denver, CO

 

80202

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (303) 293-2265

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer x

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2010, computed by reference to the closing price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $152,652,691.  Shares of voting stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock (as publicly reported by such persons pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s sole class of common stock February 8, 2011, was 36,876,658.

 

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registrant’s 2011 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

CoBiz Financial Inc. Annual Report 2010

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4.

[Removed and Reserved]

 

 

PART II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

 

PART III

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

SIGNATURES

Index to consolidated financial statements.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

A WARNING ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This report contains forward-looking statements that describe CoBiz Financial’s future plans, strategies and expectations. All forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control and which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, performance or achievements contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “would,” “should,” “could” or “may.” Forward-looking statements speak only at the date they are made. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this report.

 

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Overview

 

CoBiz Financial Inc. (CoBiz or the Company) is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Denver, CO. Through our subsidiary companies, we combine elements of personalized service found in community banks with sophisticated financial products and services traditionally offered by larger regional banks that we market to our targeted customer base of professionals, high-net-worth individuals and small to mid-sized businesses. At December 31, 2010, we had total assets of $2.4 billion, net loans of $1.6 billion and deposits of $1.9 billion. We were incorporated in Colorado on February 19, 1980, as Equitable Bancorporation, Inc.

 

Our wholly owned subsidiary CoBiz Bank (the Bank) is a full-service business banking institution serving two markets, Colorado and Arizona. In Colorado, the Bank operates under the name Colorado Business Bank and has 12 locations, including nine in the Denver metropolitan area, one in Boulder and two in the Vail area. In Arizona, the Bank operates under the name Arizona Business Bank and has seven locations serving the Phoenix metropolitan area and the surrounding area of Maricopa County. Each of the Bank’s locations is led by a local president with substantial decision-making authority. We focus on attracting and retaining high-quality personnel by maintaining an entrepreneurial culture and a decentralized business approach. We centrally support our bank and fee-based businesses with back-office services from our downtown Denver offices.

 

Our banking products are complemented by our fee-based business lines, which we first introduced in 1998 when we began offering trust and estate administration services. Through a combination of internal growth and acquisitions, our fee-based business lines have grown to include employee benefits brokerage and consulting, insurance brokerage, wealth transfer planning, investment banking and investment management services. We believe offering such complementary products allows us to both broaden our relationships with existing customers and attract new customers to our core business. In addition, we believe the fees generated by these services will increase our noninterest income and decrease our dependency on net interest income.

 

2007 Acquisition

 

On December 31, 2007, we acquired Wagner Investment Management, Inc. (Wagner), a Denver-based SEC-registered investment advisory firm providing investment management services for high-net-worth individuals and families, foundations and non-profit organizations. The acquisition was accounted for

 

3



Table of Contents

 

using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of Wagner have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of purchase.

 

2008 Acquisition

 

On January 2, 2008, we acquired all the assets and employees of Bernard Dietrich & Associates (BDA), a Phoenix-based property & casualty (P&C) insurance broker, through our subsidiary, CoBiz Insurance, Inc. Founded in 1993, BDA (which is now operated by CoBiz Insurance, Inc. under the name CoBiz Insurance-AZ) provides commercial and personal property and casualty insurance brokerage, as well risk management consulting services to individuals and businesses.  The asset purchase was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of BDA have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of purchase.

 

Operating Segments

 

In 2009, the Company hired a Director of Wealth Management to lead its wealth management initiative and to facilitate organic growth.  The Company’s wealth management initiative is comprised primarily of the activities in the Investment Advisory and Trust segment.  One of the primary initiatives of this new role was to evaluate our current product offerings and to strategically focus our offerings to our customers, while also increasing the Company’s operational efficiency.  In conjunction with the strategic initiative to create a focused wealth management offering, the Company changed its operating segments in the third quarter of 2010 to reflect an internal realignment of its wealth management components.  As part of this change, the Investment Advisory and Trust segment that was previously reported has been renamed Wealth Management and a business line has been moved from Insurance into the new Wealth Management segment.  Concurrent with the segment realignment, the Company merged Wagner into Alexander Capital Management Group, LLC. (ACMG), another wholly-owned subsidiary that is a SEC-registered investment advisory firm, and renamed the surviving entity CoBiz Investment Management, LLC.  All prior period disclosures have been adjusted to conform to the new presentation.

 

We operate five distinct segments, as follows:

 

·                  Commercial Banking

·                  Investment Banking

·                  Wealth Management

·                  Insurance

·                  Corporate Support and Other

 

These segments, excluding Corporate Support and Other, consist of various products and activities that are set forth in the following chart:

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Commercial Banking through:

 

·

Commercial banking

Colorado Business Bank

 

·

Real estate banking

Arizona Business Bank

 

·

Private banking

 

 

·

Interest-rate hedging

 

 

·

Depository products

 

 

·

Treasury management

Investment Banking through:

 

·

Merger and acquisition advisory services

Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd.

 

·

Institutional private placements of debt and equity

 

 

·

Strategic financial advisory services

Wealth Management through:

 

·

Customized client investment policy

CoBiz Investment Management, LLC.

 

·

Proprietary bond and equity offerings

CoBiz Trust

 

·

Tailored asset allocation strategies

Financial Designs Ltd.

 

·

Trust administration

 

 

·

Estate and business succession planning

 

 

·

Carefully vetted investment options utilizing external managers

 

 

·

Investment management

 

 

·

Estate settlements

 

 

·

Financial planning

 

 

·

Family office services

Insurance through:

 

·

Employee benefits and retirement planning

CoBiz Insurance, Inc.

 

·

Executive compensation and benefits planning

Financial Designs Ltd.

 

·

Individual benefits

 

 

·

Commercial lines

 

 

·

Professional lines

 

 

·

Private client

 

 

·

Risk management services

 

For a complete discussion of the segments included in our principal activities and certain financial information for each segment, see Note 19 to the Consolidated financial statements.

 

Mission Statement

 

Our mission is to serve the complete financial needs of successful businesses, business owners, professionals and high-net worth individuals.  We create thoughtful, integrated, comprehensive solutions tailored to each customer’s needs, thereby freeing them to succeed personally and professionally.  Our long-term goal is to return economic value to our shareholders at a better risk-adjusted return than that of our competitors.

 

Our core values are:

 

·                  Focus on the customer

·                  Place people at the core

·                  Act with integrity

·                  Give back to the community

·                  Create sustained shareholder value

·                  Have fun and be well

 

Business Strategy

 

Our primary strategy is to differentiate ourselves from our competitors by providing our local presidents with substantial decision-making authority, and expanding our products and services to build long-term relationships that meet the needs of professionals, small to medium-sized businesses and high-net-worth individuals. In all areas of our operations, we focus on attracting and retaining the highest-quality personnel by maintaining an entrepreneurial culture and decentralized business approach. In order to realize our strategic objectives, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

Organic Growth. We believe the Colorado and Arizona markets provide us with significant long-term opportunities for internal growth. These markets continue to be dominated by a number of large regional

 

5



Table of Contents

 

and national financial institutions that have acquired locally based banks. We believe this consolidation has created gaps in the banking industry’s ability to serve certain customers in these market areas because small and medium-sized businesses often are not large enough to warrant significant marketing focus and customer service from large banks. In addition, we believe these banks often do not satisfy the needs of professionals and high-net-worth individuals who desire personal attention from experienced bankers. Similarly, we believe many of the remaining independent banks in the region do not provide the sophisticated banking products and services such customers require. Through our ability to combine personalized service, experienced personnel who are established in their community, sophisticated technology and a broad product line, we believe we will continue to achieve strong internal growth by attracting customers currently banking at both larger and smaller financial institutions and by expanding our business with existing customers.

 

The Company hired Colorado and Arizona market presidents for the Bank during 2009.  The new market presidents are responsible for overseeing the Bank’s locations and providing direction for future growth.  Both of the market presidents have substantial experience in the regional marketplace.

 

The following table details the percentage of deposits held by the Company in Arizona and Colorado, as well as other banks headquartered in our market areas and out-of-state banks as reported by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) at June 30, 2010.

 

(percentage of deposits)

 

Arizona

 

Colorado

 

CoBiz Bank

 

0.43

%

1.63

%

Other in-state banks

 

12.58

%

44.88

%

Out-of-state banks

 

86.99

%

53.49

%

Total

 

100.00

%

100.00

%

 

De novo branching. We also intend to continue exploring growth opportunities to expand through de novo branching in areas with high concentrations of our target customers in Colorado, Arizona and other western states. This strategy has been successful in Colorado and Arizona. Since the acquisition of the Company by private investors in 1994, we have introduced 10 Colorado and four Arizona de novo locations. Management continues to monitor opportunities for expansion in the western United States.

 

Fee-based business lines. We began offering trust and estate administration services in 1998; employee benefits brokerage and consulting in 2000; P&C insurance brokerage and investment banking services in 2001; and high-end life insurance, wealth transfer planning and investment management services in 2003. The 2007 addition of Wagner to CoBiz’s investment management offerings increased our reach in the Colorado market.  The 2008 acquisition of the assets and employees of BDA expanded the P&C business in the Arizona market.

 

When evaluating complementary business lines, the Company considers:

 

·                  Businesses where the revenue potential can be enhanced by our core banking franchise Businesses that provide financial services and related products to our target market.

·                  Businesses where clients value relationships, service and product quality over price.

·                  Businesses with sustainable operating margins.

 

Establish strong brand awareness.  We have developed a cohesive and comprehensive approach to our internal and external communications efforts to leverage the power of each subsidiary as part of the larger company.  Our brand platform has unified the look and feel of the CoBiz identity across the Company. With a target market that is similar across subsidiaries, our strong brand awareness helps generate cross-sell opportunities while strengthening client relationships.

 

Expanding existing banking relationships. We are normally not a transactional lender and typically require that borrowers enter into a multiple-product banking relationship with us, including deposits and

 

6



Table of Contents

 

treasury management services, in connection with the receipt of credit from the Bank. We believe such relationships provide us the opportunity to introduce our customers to a broader array of the products and services offered by us and generate additional noninterest income. In addition, we believe this philosophy aids in customer retention.

 

Capitalizing on the use of technology. We believe we have been able to distinguish ourselves from traditional community banks operating in our market through the use of technology. Our data-processing system allows us to provide upgraded Internet banking, expanded treasury management products, check and document imaging, as well as a 24-hour voice response system. Other services currently offered by the Bank include retail and wholesale lockbox, positive pay, controlled disbursement, repurchase agreements and sweep investment accounts. In addition to providing sophisticated services for our customers, we utilize technology extensively in our internal systems and operational support functions to improve customer service, maximize efficiencies, and provide management with the information and analysis necessary to manage our growth effectively.

 

Emphasizing high-quality customer service. We believe our ability to offer high-quality customer service provides us with a competitive advantage over many regional banks that operate in our market areas. We emphasize customer service in all aspects of our operations and identify customer service as an integral component of our employee training programs. Moreover, we are constantly exploring methods to make banking an easier and more convenient process for our customers. For example, we offer a courier service to pick up deposits for customers who are not in close proximity to any of the Bank’s 19 locations, are not using our remote deposit capture product or simply do not have the time to go to the Bank.

 

Maintaining asset quality. We seek to maintain asset quality through a program that includes regular reviews of loans by responsible loan officers and ongoing monitoring of the loan portfolio by a loan review department that reports to the Chief Operations Officer of the Company but submits reports directly to the audit committee of our Board of Directors. At December 31, 2010, our ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans was 2.60%, compared to 4.44% at December 31, 2009.

 

The slowdown in the overall economy has negatively impacted our asset quality since the end of 2008.  In response to the deteriorating economic conditions and the increase in our nonperforming assets, we created a Special Assets Group in 2009 to focus on resolving problem assets.  This group is led by a senior banking officer who has been with the Bank for 14 years and previously served as the Bank’s Chief Operations Officer.  All loans in a default or workout status are assigned to the Special Assets Group.  The Special Assets Group meets with representatives from each bank location on a monthly basis.  In addition, to further strengthen our procedures over asset quality, we divided our loan review function into two separate departments during 2009: loan review and credit administration.  We believe these actions have facilitated recovery strategies, reduced credit losses and directly contributed to the reduction in the level of nonperforming loans during 2010.

 

Controlling interest rate risk. We seek to control our exposure to changing interest rates by attempting to maintain an interest rate profile within a narrow range around an earnings neutral position. An important element of this focus has been to emphasize variable-rate loans and investments funded by deposits that also mature or reprice over periods of 12 months or less.  We have also implemented interest rate floors in many of our variable rate loans in order to preserve our net interest income in the event of interest rate decreases.  We actively monitor our interest rate profile in regular meetings of our Asset-Liability Management Committee.

 

Achieving efficiencies and economies of scale through centralized administrative and support operations. We seek to maximize operational and support efficiencies in a manner consistent with maintaining high-quality customer service. We have consolidated various management and administrative functions— including accounting, data processing, bookkeeping, credit administration, loan operations, and investment and treasury management services— at our downtown Denver offices. Most recently, new positions within the Company including a Chief Operations Officer, Director of Deposit Services and a Director of Wealth Management were created to coordinate the growing operational departments, guide

 

7



Table of Contents

 

deposit gathering efforts of the Bank and enhance our wealth management products. We believe this structure allows our business development professionals to focus on customer service and sales strategies directed at each community that we serve.

 

Acquisitions. We intend to continue to explore acquisitions of financial institutions or financial service entities, including opportunities in Colorado, Arizona and other western states.  Our approach to expansion is predicated on recruiting key personnel to lead new initiatives. While we normally consider an array of new locations and product lines as potential expansion initiatives, we will generally proceed only upon identifying quality management personnel with a loyal customer following in the community or experienced in the product line that is the target of the initiative. We believe focusing on individuals who are established in their communities and experienced in offering sophisticated financial products and services will enhance our market position and add growth opportunities.  We believe the downturn in the financial services market between 2008 and 2010 has increased acquisition opportunities as entities that are undercapitalized look to partner with a stronger financial entity.

 

Market Areas Served

 

We operate in two western markets in the United States — Colorado and Arizona. These markets are currently dominated by a number of large regional and national financial institutions that have acquired locally based banks. The Company’s success is dependent to a significant degree on the economic conditions of these two geographical markets.  The current economic downturn has negatively impacted both markets.  The Colorado market was slower to enter the recession than other areas of the Country.  Conversely, the Arizona market was one of the states that led the nation into the recession and has been significantly impacted by unemployment, job losses and foreclosure rates.  However, the long-term prospects of both markets remain solid due to the diversity of industry sectors, educated workforces and reputation as quality of life markets.

 

Our market areas include the Denver metropolitan area, which is comprised of the counties of Denver, Boulder, Adams, Arapahoe, Douglas, Broomfield and Jefferson; the Vail Valley, in Eagle County; and the Phoenix metropolitan area, which is located principally in Maricopa County.

 

Colorado.  Denver’s economy has diversified over the years with significant representation in various industries. The Denver metropolitan area is one of the fastest-growing regions in the nation, helping to make Colorado the seventh-fastest growing state in the United States in terms of percentage population growth from April 2000 to July 2009.  We have two locations each in downtown Denver, Littleton and the Vail Valley, and one location each in Boulder, Commerce City, Cherry Creek, the Denver Technological Center (DTC), Golden and Louisville.

 

Arizona. Arizona consistently had one of the highest population growth rates in the nation during the latter half of the 20th century, including being the second fastest-growing states in terms of percentage population growth from April 2000 to July 2009. Our banks are located in Maricopa County, one of the nation’s largest counties in terms of population size.

 

Market Snapshot.  The following table contains selected data for the markets we serve.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

 

Colorado Snapshot

 

 

Arizona Snapshot

 

 

 

 

 

 

Population

 

 

Population

·

Colorado: 4.9 million

 

·

Arizona: 6.5 million

·

Metropolitan Denver: 2.5 million

 

·

Metropolitan Phoenix: 4.3 million

·

Projected to increase 35% to 5.8 million from 2000 to 2030

 

·

Projected to increase 109% to 10.7 million from 2000 to 2030

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant Industries

 

 

Significant Industries

·

Technology

 

·

Services

·

Communications

 

·

Trade

·

Manufacturing

 

·

Manufacturing

·

Tourism

 

·

Mining

·

Transportation

 

·

Agriculture

·

Aerospace

 

·

Construction

·

Biomedical/Healthcare

 

·

Tourism

·

Financial Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Economic Outlook

 

 

Economic Outlook

·

Preliminary unemployment rate at December 2010 was 8.8%, up from 7.3% in December 2009 (national average of 9.4%)

 

·

Preliminary unemployment rate at December 2010 was 9.4%, up from 9.2% in December 2009 (national average of 9.4%)

·

Lost 18,773 jobs, 3.7% decrease, from December 2009 to November 2010

 

·

Added 33,407 jobs, 1.2% increase, from December 2009 to November 2010

 

Competition

 

CoBiz and its subsidiaries face competition in all of our principal business activities, not only from other financial holding companies and commercial banks, but also from savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mortgage companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, investment advisors, mutual funds, securities brokers and dealers, investment banks, other domestic and foreign financial institutions, and various nonfinancial institutions.

 

Please see “Risk Factors” below for additional information.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2010, we had 558 employees, including 542 full-time equivalent employees. Employees of the Company are entitled to participate in a variety of employee benefit programs, including: stock option plans; an employee stock purchase plan; a 401(k) plan; various comprehensive medical, accident and group life insurance plans; and paid vacations. No Company employee is covered by a collective bargaining agreement and we believe our relationship with our employees to be excellent.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

CoBiz and the Bank are extensively regulated under federal, Colorado and Arizona law. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors and federal deposit insurance funds, not shareholders of CoBiz. The following information summarizes certain material statutes and regulations affecting CoBiz and the Bank, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Any change in applicable laws, regulations or regulatory policies may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of CoBiz and the Bank. We are unable to predict the nature or extent of the effects that fiscal or monetary policies, economic controls, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

The Holding Company

 

General. CoBiz is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHCA), and is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB). CoBiz is required to file an annual report with the FRB and such other reports as may be required pursuant to the BHCA.

 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934. CoBiz has a class of securities registered with the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). The Exchange Act requires the Company to file periodic reports with the SEC, governs the Company’s disclosure in proxy solicitations and regulates insider trading transactions.  The Company is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (NASDAQ) and is subject to the rules of the NASDAQ.

 

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA).  Deteriorating market conditions in 2008 led to the issuance of the EESA that was signed into law on October 3, 2008.  The EESA authorized the Troubled Asset Relief Plan (TARP) with an objective to ease the downturn in the credit cycle.  The TARP provided up to $700 billion to the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) to buy mortgages and other troubled assets, to provide guarantees and to inject capital into financial institutions.  As part of the $700 billion TARP, the Treasury established a Capital Purchase Program (CPP), which allows the Treasury to purchase up to $250 billion of senior preferred shares issued by U.S. financial institutions.  The EESA also temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor until December 31, 2009, and accelerated the date on which the FRB will begin paying interest on required and excess reserve balances.  On May 20, 2009, President Obama signed the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act, which extended the temporary increase in the limit on federal deposit insurance coverage to $250,000 per depositor to December 31, 2013.  The limit was originally scheduled to decrease to $100,000 on January 1, 2014.  However, on July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act which made permanent the current standard maximum deposit insurance account of $250,000.

 

On December 19, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with the Treasury pursuant to the CPP to issue shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the Series B Preferred Stock) for an aggregate purchase price of $64.5 million.  The Company also issued a warrant with a 10-year term to acquire 895,968 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $10.79.  Participation in the CPP limits the amount of executive compensation that is deductible for tax purposes to $500,000 per person; requires Treasury approval prior to any increase in common stock dividends; and requires Treasury approval prior to any common stock repurchases.  In addition, if dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, the Treasury will have the right to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors.  The right to elect directors will end when full dividends have been paid for four consecutive dividend periods.

 

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA).  To further stimulate the lagging economy, President Obama signed the ARRA into law on February 17, 2009.  Title VII of the ARRA contains limits on executive compensation for senior executive officers of participants in the CPP for as long as any financial assistance provided under the TARP remain outstanding.  The limitations include a prohibition on incentives that may encourage unsafe behavior; a provision for the recovery of bonuses in the event of materially inaccurate financial statements; a prohibition on the payment of golden parachutes; and the prohibition of the accrual or payment of any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation.  The prohibition on retention awards does not include the issuance of restricted stock as long as the restricted stock does not fully vest during the period in which the Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding and the fair value of the award does not exceed 1/3 of the receiving officers’ annual compensation.  These limitations will apply to the five most highly compensated employees of the Company, or such number of employees as the Treasury may deem necessary.  The ARRA also removed restrictions under the CPP plan that restricted the redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock by the Company unless certain conditions were met.  The Series B Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company subject to approval from the FRB.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

On June 15, 2009, the Treasury issued an interim final rule, TARP Standards For Compensation and Corporate Governance, to provide guidance on the executive compensation and corporate governance provisions of the EESA as amended by the ARRA.

 

Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF).  Enacted as part of the Small Business Jobs Act, the SBLF is a $30 billion fund that encourages lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion.  Qualifying institutions are eligible to sell Tier 1-qualifiying preferred stock to the Treasury.  The dividend rate on the preferred stock will initially be a maximum of 5%.  The dividend rate decreases as the qualifying institution’s small business lending increases by 10% or more, and can fall as low as 1%.  However, if small business lending does not increase in the first two years, the rate will increase to 7%.  After 4.5 years, the rate will increase to 9% if the bank has not repaid the SBLF funding.

 

The SBLF is available to participants in the CPP as a method to refinance preferred stock issued through that program.  In addition to the requirements that apply to all SBLF participants, CPP participants must also meet the following requirements to refinance outstanding CPP securities: 1) the institution must be in material compliance with all terms, conditions, and covenants of any CPP agreement and financial instrument; 2) the institution must not have missed more than one dividend payment under CPP; and 3) the institution must pay, in immediately available funds, the amount of any unpaid dividends for the payment period prior to the SBLF closing date, plus accrued and unpaid dividends as of the date of refinancing for the payment period that includes the closing date.  The maximum amount of available SBLF funding to a qualifying institution is limited to 5% of risk-weighted assets for institutions up to $1 billion in assets.  For institutions with more than $1 billion and less than $10 billion in assets, the maximum is 3% of risk-weighted assets.  The application deadline is March 31, 2011.  At the date of this report, the Company had not applied to participate in the SBLF.

 

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act).  On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act comprehensively reforms the regulation of financial institutions, products and services.  The Dodd-Frank Act will require publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and allow greater access by shareholders to the company’s proxy material by authorizing the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials.  The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded.

 

Bank holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion at December 31, 2009, will be permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital.  Trust preferred securities issued by a bank holding company (other than those with assets of less than $500 million) after May 19, 2010, will no longer count as Tier 1 capital.  However, new issuances of trust preferred securities will be entitled to be treated as Tier 2 capital.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and noninterest-bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets such as the Bank will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by

 

11



Table of Contents

 

their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

 

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near-term impact on the Company.  For example, effective July 21, 2011, a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts.  Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on the Company’s interest expense as the Company had $681.5 million in noninterest-bearing demand deposits at December 31, 2010.

 

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a proposed rulemaking to prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial institutions and are deemed excessive, or that may lead to material losses. The proposed rule would, for certain covered persons: require a deferral of a substantial portion of incentive compensation for executive officers of institutions with $50 billion or more in total assets; prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that would encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation; prohibit incentive-based compensation arrangements that would expose the institution to inappropriate risks by providing compensation that could lead to a material financial loss; require policies and procedures for incentive-based compensation arrangements that are commensurate with the size and complexity of the institution; and require annual reports on incentive compensation structures to the institution’s appropriate Federal regulator.

 

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business and operations will not be known for years until regulations implementing the statute are written and adopted. The Dodd-Frank Act may have a material impact on our operations, particularly through increased compliance costs resulting from possible future consumer and fair lending regulations.

 

Acquisitions. As a financial holding company, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a bank or bank holding company. The FRB will not approve any acquisition, merger or consolidation that would result in substantial anti-competitive effects, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are outweighed by a greater public interest in meeting the needs and convenience of the public. In reviewing applications for such transactions, the FRB also considers managerial, financial, capital and other factors, including the record of performance of the applicant and the bank or banks to be acquired under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the CRA). See “— The Bank — Community Reinvestment Act” below.

 

Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended (the 1994 Act). The 1994 Act displaces state laws governing interstate bank acquisitions. Under the 1994 Act, a financial or bank holding company may, subject to some limitations, acquire a bank outside of its home state without regard to local law. Thus, an out-of-state holding company could acquire the Bank, and we can acquire banks outside of Colorado.

 

All acquisitions pursuant to the 1994 Act require regulatory approval. In reviewing applications under the 1994 Act, an applicant’s record under the CRA must be considered, and a determination must be made that the transaction will not result in any violations of federal or state antitrust laws. In addition, there is a limit of 25% on the amount of deposits in insured depository institutions in both Colorado and Arizona that can be controlled by any bank or bank holding company.

 

The 1994 Act also permits bank subsidiaries of a financial or bank holding company to act as agents for affiliated institutions by receiving deposits, renewing time deposits, closing loans, servicing loans and receiving payments on loans. As a result, a relatively small Colorado or Arizona bank owned by an out-of-state holding company could make available to customers in Colorado and Arizona some of the services of a larger affiliated institution located in another state.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the GLB Act). The GLB Act eliminates many of the restrictions placed on the activities of certain qualified financial or bank holding companies. A “financial holding company” such as CoBiz can expand into a wide variety of financial services, including securities activities, insurance and merchant banking without the prior approval of the FRB, provided that certain conditions are met, including a requirement that all subsidiary depository institutions be “well capitalized.”

 

Dividend Restrictions.  Dividends on the Company’s capital stock (common and preferred stock) are prohibited under the terms of the junior subordinated debenture agreements (see Note 9 to the Consolidated financial statements) if the Company is in continuous default on its payment obligations to the capital trusts, has elected to defer interest payments on the debentures or extends the interest payment period.  At December 31, 2010, the Company was not in default, had not elected to defer interest payments and had not extended the interest payment period on any of the subordinated debt issuances.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement executed in the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its common stock will be subject to restrictions in the event that the Company fails to declare and pay full dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.  In addition, the Company may not increase its dividend prior to the earlier of 1) three years from the date of the issuance or 2) the date on which the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole.

 

Capital Adequacy. The FRB monitors, on a consolidated basis, the capital adequacy of financial or bank holding companies that have total assets in excess of $500 million by using a combination of risk-based and leverage ratios. Failure to meet the capital guidelines may result in the application by the FRB of supervisory or enforcement actions. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, different categories of assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments in excess of one year and letters of credit, are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. For purposes of the risk-based capital guidelines, total capital is defined as the sum of “Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital elements, with Tier 2 capital being limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital includes, with certain restrictions, common shareholders’ equity, perpetual preferred stock (no more than 25% of Tier 1 capital being comprised of cumulative preferred stock or trust preferred stock) and noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Tier 2 capital includes, with certain limitations, perpetual preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, certain maturing capital instruments and the allowance for loan losses (limited to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets). The regulatory guidelines require a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8% (of which at least 4% must be in the form of Tier 1 capital). The FRB has also implemented a leverage ratio, which is defined to be a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. The FRB has established a minimum ratio of 3% for “strong holding companies” as defined by the FRB. For most other holding companies, the minimum required leverage ratio is 4%, but may be higher based on particular circumstances or risk profile.

 

For regulatory capital purposes, the Series B Preferred Stock is treated the same as noncumulative perpetual preferred stock as an unrestricted core capital element included in Tier 1 Capital.

 

The table below sets forth the capital ratios of the Company:

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Ratio

 

Actual

 

Required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

15.5

%

8.0

%

Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets

 

12.9

%

4.0

%

Tier I leverage ratio

 

10.3

%

4.0

%

 

13



Table of Contents

 

On May 7, 2009, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System announced the results of the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (SCAP), a review of the capital of the 19 largest U.S. banks instituted by the federal banking regulators. The SCAP was a forward-looking exercise designed to estimate losses, revenues and reserve trends under adverse macroeconomic scenarios.  The purpose of the SCAP review was to evaluate the capital position of the 19 largest U.S. banking institutions to determine if additional capital was required to provide a buffer against future losses.  Based on the SCAP review, federal banking regulators determined that 10 of the 19 banking institutions needed to raise additional capital.

 

Although we were not included in the group of 19 banking institutions reviewed under the SCAP, the results indicate that federal banking regulators are focused on the composition of regulatory capital, specifically that voting common equity should be the dominant element of Tier 1 capital.  In addition, Tier 1 Common Capital was emphasized to reflect the fact that common equity is the first element of the capital structure to absorb losses, offering protection to more senior parts of the capital structure and lowering the risk of insolvency.  The minimum Tier 1 Common Capital ratio specified in the SCAP review was 4%.  In July 2010, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision endorsed reforms that will increase the minimum common equity requirement from 2% to 4.5%.  In addition, banks will be required to hold a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% to withstand future periods of stress bringing the total common equity requirement to 7%.  In a revised addendum to SR Letter 09-4, the Federal Reserve has required the banks reviewed under the SCAP to submit a capital plan that reflects plans to address the increased capital proposal. While Tier 1 Common Capital is not an official regulatory capital ratio, we do give consideration to the SCAP review since it provides insight into the current regulatory environment.

 

Support of Banks. As discussed below, the Bank is also subject to capital adequacy requirements. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the FDICIA), CoBiz could be required to guarantee the capital restoration plan of the Bank, should the Bank become “undercapitalized” as defined in the FDICIA and the regulations thereunder. See “— The Bank — Capital Adequacy.”  Our maximum liability under any such guarantee would be the lesser of 5% of the Bank’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to bring the Bank into compliance with the capital plan. The FRB also has stated that financial or bank holding companies are subject to the “source of strength doctrine” which requires such holding companies to serve as a source of “financial and managerial” strength to their subsidiary banks and to not conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner.

 

The FDICIA requires the federal banking regulators to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. In addition to requiring the submission of a capital restoration plan, the FDICIA contains broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions involving asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons, if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The Sarbanes-Oxley Act is intended to address systemic and structural weaknesses of the capital markets in the United States that were perceived to have contributed to corporate scandals. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also attempts to enhance the responsibility of corporate management by, among other things, (i) requiring the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of public companies to provide certain certifications in their periodic reports regarding the accuracy of the periodic reports filed with the SEC, (ii) prohibiting officers and directors of public companies from fraudulently influencing an accountant engaged in the audit of the company’s financial statements, (iii) requiring chief executive officers and chief financial officers to forfeit certain bonuses in the event of a restatement of financial results, (iv) prohibiting officers and directors found to be unfit from serving in a similar capacity with other public companies, (v) prohibiting officers and directors from trading in the company’s equity securities during pension blackout periods, and (vi) requiring the SEC to issue standards of professional conduct for attorneys representing public companies. In addition, public companies whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or association must

 

14



Table of Contents

 

satisfy the following additional requirements: (a) the company’s audit committee must appoint and oversee the company’s auditors; (b) each member of the company’s audit committee must be independent; (c) the company’s audit committee must establish procedures for receiving complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and audit-related matters; (d) the company’s audit committee must have the authority to engage independent advisors; and (e) the company must provide appropriate funding to its audit committee, as determined by the audit committee.

 

The Bank

 

General. The Bank is a state-chartered banking institution, the deposits of which are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the FDIC, and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Colorado Division of Banking, the FRB and the FDIC. Prior to 2007, the Bank was a nationally chartered institution and also subject to the supervision of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). Pursuant to such regulations, the Bank is subject to special restrictions, supervisory requirements and potential enforcement actions. The FRB’s supervisory authority over CoBiz can also affect the Bank.

 

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA requires the Bank to adequately meet the credit needs of the communities in which it operates. The CRA allows regulators to reject an applicant seeking, among other things, to make an acquisition or establish a branch, unless it has performed satisfactorily under the CRA. Federal regulators regularly conduct examinations to assess the performance of financial institutions under the CRA. In its most recent CRA examination, the Bank received a satisfactory rating.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Membership.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (FHLB).  Each member of the FHLB is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock. The Board of Directors of the FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements.  Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board.  Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in the FHLB depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLB are not determinable.

 

USA Patriot Act of 2001. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the USA Patriot Act) is intended to allow the federal government to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money-laundering requirements.

 

Among its provisions, the USA Patriot Act requires each financial institution to: (i) establish an anti-money-laundering program; (ii) establish due diligence policies, procedures and controls with respect to its private banking accounts and correspondent banking accounts involving foreign individuals and certain foreign banks; and (iii) avoid establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts in the United States for, or on behalf of, a foreign bank that does not have a physical presence in any country. In addition, the USA Patriot Act contains a provision encouraging cooperation among financial institutions, regulatory authorities and law enforcement authorities with respect to individuals, entities and organizations engaged in, or reasonably suspected of engaging in, terrorist acts or money laundering activities. Financial institutions must comply with Section 326 of the Act which provides minimum procedures for identification verification of new customers.  On March 9, 2006, the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Reauthorization Act of 2005 ) was signed by the President to extend and modify the original Act.  The Reauthorization Act of 2005 makes permanent 14 of the original provisions of the USA Patriot Act that had been set to expire.

 

Transactions with Affiliates. The Bank is subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, which limits the amount of loans to, investments in and certain other transactions with affiliates of the Bank; requires certain levels of collateral for such loans or transactions; and limits the amount of advances to third parties that are collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates, unless the affiliate is a bank and is at least 80% owned by the Company. If the affiliate is a bank and is at least 80% owned by the Company, such transactions are generally exempted from these restrictions except as to “low quality”

 

15



Table of Contents

 

assets as defined under the Federal Reserve Act, and transactions not consistent with safe and sound banking practices. In addition, Section 23A generally limits transactions with a single affiliate of the Bank to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus and generally limits all transactions with affiliates to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus.

 

Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act requires that certain transactions between the Bank and any affiliate must be on substantially the same terms, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with, or involving, non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies. The aggregate amount of the Bank’s loans to its officers, directors and principal shareholders (or their affiliates) is limited to the amount of its unimpaired capital and surplus, unless the FDIC determines that a lesser amount is appropriate.

 

A violation of the restrictions of Section 23A or Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act may result in the assessment of civil monetary penalties against the Bank or a person participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank or the imposition of an order to cease and desist such violation.

 

Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Act, which became effective on April 1, 2003, addresses the application of Sections 23A and 23B to credit exposure arising out of derivative transactions between an insured institution and its affiliates and intra-day extensions of credit by an insured depository institution to its affiliates. The rule requires institutions to adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to monitor, manage and control credit exposures arising out of transactions and to clarify that the transactions are subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

Dividend Restrictions. Dividends paid by the Bank and management fees from the Bank and our fee-based business lines provide substantially all of our cash flow. The approval of the Colorado Division of Banking is required prior to the declaration of any dividend by the Bank if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits of that year combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition, the FDICIA provides that the Bank cannot pay a dividend if it will cause the Bank to be “undercapitalized.”

 

Capital Adequacy. Federal regulations establish minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of depository institutions that are generally the same as those established for bank holding companies. See “— The Holding Company — Capital Adequacy.”  Banks with capital ratios below the required minimum are subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance and the appointment of a receiver, and may also be subject to significant operating restrictions pursuant to regulations promulgated under the FDICIA. See “— The Holding Company — Support of Banks.”

 

The following table sets forth the capital ratios of the Bank:

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Ratio

 

Actual

 

Required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

 

11.7

%

8.0

%

Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets

 

10.4

%

4.0

%

Tier I leverage ratio

 

8.3

%

4.0

%

 

Pursuant to the FDICIA, regulations have been adopted defining five capital levels: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Increasingly severe restrictions are placed on a depository institution as its capital level classification declines. An institution is critically undercapitalized if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio less than or equal to 2%. An institution is adequately capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio less than 10%, but greater than or equal to 8%; or a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio less than 6%, but greater than or

 

16



Table of Contents

 

equal to 4%; or a leverage ratio less than 5%, but greater than or equal to 4% (3% in certain circumstances). An institution is well capitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater; and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. Under these regulations, at December 31, 2010, the Bank was well capitalized, which places no significant restrictions on the Bank’s activities.

 

Examinations. The FRB and the Colorado Division of Banking periodically examines and evaluates banks. Based upon such an evaluation, the examining regulator may revalue the assets of an insured institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the value determined by the regulator and the book value of such assets.

 

Interest Rate Restrictions.  Beginning January 1, 2010, insured depository institutions that are not well-capitalized are subject to limitations on interest rates paid on deposits.  Pursuant to the FDIC regulations, these institutions will be limited to offering a maximum deposit rate of the “national rate” plus 75 basis points.  The national rate is defined for deposits of similar size and maturity as a simple average of rates paid by all insured depository institutions and branches for which data are available.

 

Brokered Deposits.  Well-capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while an adequately capitalized institution is able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are generally not permitted to accept brokered deposits.

 

Internal Operating Requirements. Federal regulations promote the safety and soundness of individual institutions by specifically addressing, among other things: (1) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (2) loan documentation; (3) credit underwriting; (4) interest rate exposure; (5) asset growth; and (6) compensation and benefit standards for management officials.

 

Real Estate Lending Evaluations. Federal regulators have adopted uniform standards for the evaluation of loans secured by real estate or made to finance improvements to real estate. The Bank is required to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending policies consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The Company has established loan-to-value ratio limitations on real estate loans, which are more stringent than the loan-to-value limitations established by regulatory guidelines.

 

Deposit Insurance Premiums. Under current regulations, FDIC-insured depository institutions that are members of the FDIC pay insurance premiums at rates based on their assessment risk classification, which is determined, in part, based on the institution’s capital ratios and factors that the FDIC deems relevant to determine the risk of loss to the FDIC.  In 2007, the annual assessment rates changed to a range of 5-43 basis points, an increase from the 0-27 basis point range that had been in effect since 1996.  In 2009, the base assessment rate range for Risk Category I institutions increased to 7-24 basis points as part of the FDIC’s Restoration Plan for the DIF.  This increase is necessary to replenish the DIF due to the number of recent failures of FDIC-insured institutions.  As part of the new assessments that began April 1, 2009, the FDIC introduced three new adjustments that may impact the assessment base.  These adjustments are for 1) a potential decrease for long-term unsecured debt, 2) a potential increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount and 3) for non-risk category 1 institutions, a potential increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount.  The base assessment rates for Risk Categories II — IV range from 17-78 basis points.  On February 7, 2011, the FDIC finalized new rules for an assessment calculation as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The final rules change the assessment base from deposits to average daily consolidated assets less average monthly tangible equity (which is defined as Tier 1 Capital) and also changes the base assessment rates.  The final rules take effect April 1, 2011. Under the new assessments, the base assessment rate for a Risk Category I institution is 5-9 basis points and the base assessment rates for Risk Categories II — IV range from 14-35 basis points.  Based on the final rule, the Company expects its assessments will decrease after the effective date. The amount an institution is assessed is based upon statutory factors that includes the degree of risk the institution poses to the insurance fund and may be reviewed semi-annually. A change in our risk category would negatively impact our assessment rates.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Additionally, all institutions insured by the FDIC Bank Insurance Fund are assessed fees to cover the debt of the Financing Corporation, the successor of the insolvent Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.  The current assessment rate effective for the first quarter of 2011 is 0.255 basis points (1.02 basis points annually).  The assessment rate is adjusted quarterly.

 

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC voted to levy a special assessment on insured institutions as part of the FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the DIF and help maintain public confidence in the banking system.  The special assessment was 5 basis points on each FDIC-insured depository institution’s assets, minus its Tier 1 capital, as of June 30, 2009.  On September 30, 2009, the Company paid a special assessment of $1.2 million.

 

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC voted to require insured institutions to prepay slightly over three years of estimated insurance assessments. The pre-payment allows the FDIC to strengthen the cash position of the DIF immediately without immediately impacting earnings of the industry.  At December 31, 2010, the Company had pre-paid estimated assessments of $6.1 million for the years 2011-2012.  For risk-based capital purposes, the pre-payment was assigned a zero percent risk weighting.

 

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP).  On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the enactment of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system.  Pursuant to the program, the FDIC will guarantee certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating financial institutions issued on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009; and provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at participating FDIC-insured institutions through December 31, 2009 (Transaction Account Guarantee program).  All FDIC-insured institutions were covered under the program until December 5, 2008, at no cost.  After December 5, 2008, the cost for institutions electing to participate was a 10-basis-point surcharge applied to balances covered by the noninterest-bearing deposit transaction account guarantee and 75 basis points of the eligible senior unsecured debt guaranteed under the program.  The Company elected to participate in both the unlimited coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and the debt guarantee program.

 

On June 3, 2009, the FDIC amended the TLGP to provide a limited extension of the debt guarantee program.  Effective October 1, 2009, the FDIC also extended the full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at participating FDIC-insured institutions through June 30, 2010.  As part of the extension, insured institutions electing to continue participation will pay an increased assessment ranging from 15-25 basis points depending on the entity’s Risk Category.  On April 13, 2010, the FDIC announced a second extension of the program until December 31, 2010, and that it retained the discretion to further extend the program until December 31, 2011, without further rulemaking. On November 9, 2010, the FDIC confirmed that it would not extend the transaction account guarantee beyond its sunset in 2010 since provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act provided separate coverage for noninterest-bearing accounts through December 31, 2012. The Company participated in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program through its expiration on December 31, 2010.

 

Restrictions on Loans to One Borrower. Under state law, the aggregate amount of loans that may be made to one borrower by the Bank is generally limited to 15% of its unimpaired capital, surplus, undivided profits and allowance for loan losses. The Bank seeks participations to accommodate borrowers whose financing needs exceed the Bank’s lending limits.

 

Fee-Based Business Lines

 

CoBiz Investment Management, LLC (CoBiz Investment), formerly ACMG, is registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including fiduciary duties, recordkeeping requirements, operational requirements and disclosure obligations. Virtually all aspects of CoBiz Investment’s management business are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the

 

18



Table of Contents

 

power to limit or restrict CoBiz Investment from carrying on its investment management business in the event that they fail to comply with such laws and regulations. In such event, the possible sanctions which may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, business limitations on engaging in the investment management business for specified periods of time, the revocation of any such company’s registration as an investment adviser, and other censures or fines.

 

Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd. (GMB), our investment banking subsidiary, is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act and is subject to regulation by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). GMB is subject to the SEC’s net capital rule designed to enforce minimum standards regarding the general financial condition and liquidity of a broker-dealer. Under certain circumstances, this rule limits the ability of the Company to make withdrawals of capital and receive dividends from GMB. GMB’s regulatory net capital consistently exceeded such minimum net capital requirements in fiscal 2010. The securities industry is one of the most highly regulated in the United States, and failure to comply with related laws and regulations can result in the revocation of broker-dealer licenses; the imposition of censures or fines; and the suspension or expulsion from the securities business of a firm, its officers or employees.

 

Financial Designs Ltd. (FDL) provides wealth transfer planning through the use of life insurance products. State governments extensively regulate our life insurance activities. We sell our insurance products throughout the United States and the District of Columbia through licensed insurance producers. Insurance laws vary from state to state. Each state has broad powers over licensing, payment of commissions, business practices, policy forms and premium rates. While the federal government does not directly regulate the marketing of most insurance products, securities, including variable life insurance, are subject to federal securities laws. We market these financial products through M Holdings Securities, Inc., a registered broker-dealer and a member of the FINRA and Securities Investor Protection Corporation.

 

CoBiz Insurance Inc., acting as an insurance producer, must obtain and keep in force an insurance producer’s license with the State of Arizona and Colorado. In order to write insurance in other states, they are required to obtain non-resident insurance licenses. All premiums belonging to insurance carriers and all unearned premiums belonging to customers received by the agency must be treated in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Changing Regulatory Structure

 

Regulation of the activities of national and state banks and their holding companies imposes a heavy burden on the banking industry. The FRB, FDIC, OCC (national charters only) and State banking divisions all have extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and violations of applicable laws and regulations by depository institutions and their holding companies. These agencies can assess civil monetary penalties, issue cease and desist or removal orders, seek injunctions, and publicly disclose such actions.

 

The laws and regulations affecting banks and financial or bank holding companies have changed significantly in recent years, and there is reason to expect changes will continue in the future, although it is difficult to predict the outcome of these changes. From time to time, various bills are introduced in the United States Congress with respect to the regulation of financial institutions. Certain of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation of banks and the financial services industry.

 

Monetary Policy

 

The monetary policy of the FRB has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the FRB to affect the money supply are open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

FRB monetary policies have materially affected the operations of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the business and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted.

 

Website Availability of Reports Filed with the SEC

 

The Company maintains an Internet website located at www.cobizfinancial.com on which, among other things, the Company makes available, free of charge, various reports that it files with or furnishes to the SEC, including its annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports and proxy statements. These reports are made available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Additional information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The Company has also made available on its website its Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committee charters and corporate governance guidelines. The content on any website referred to in this filing is not incorporated by reference into this filing unless expressly noted otherwise.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the U.S. economy or the U.S. banking system.

 

On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, or EESA, which, among other measures, authorizes Treasury to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies, under the Troubled Asset Relief Program, or TARP.  The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other.  Treasury will purchase equity securities from participating institutions under the Capital Purchase Program authorized by TARP (as well as the Capital Assistance Program announced on February 25, 2009).

 

The EESA followed, and has been followed by, numerous actions by the Federal Reserve Bank, or FRB, the U.S. Congress, Treasury, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, the SEC and others to address the liquidity and credit crisis that followed the sub-prime meltdown that commenced in 2007.  These measures include homeowner relief that encourages loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector.  On February 17, 2009, the ARRA, was signed into law.  ARRA, more commonly known as the economic stimulus bill or economic recovery package, is intended to stimulate the economy and provides for broad infrastructure, education and health spending.  Most recently, the Dodd-Frank Act, signed into law on July 21, 2010, significantly reforms banking regulation and oversight.

 

The purpose of these and certain other legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system. The EESA, ARRA, Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory initiatives may not have their desired effects. If the volatility in the markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Difficult conditions in the financial services markets have adversely affected the business and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dramatic declines in the housing market, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative securities, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers including other financial institutions. The Company has historically used federal funds purchased as a short-term liquidity source and, while the Company continues to actively use this source, further credit tightening in the market could reduce funding lines available to the Company.  This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally.

 

Weakness in the economy and in the real estate market, including specific weakness within the markets where our banks do business, has adversely affected us and may continue to adversely affect us.

 

In general, all of our business segments have been negatively impacted by current market conditions. There has been a downturn in the real estate market, a slow-down in construction and an oversupply of real estate for sale in both 2010 and 2009.  This downturn, and any additional softening, in our real estate markets could hurt our business because a majority of our loans are secured by real estate. Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature.

 

Substantially all of our real property collateral is located in Arizona and Colorado. Although the Colorado economy has outperformed the majority of other metropolitan areas nationally, it began to show increasing signs of weakness during the fourth quarter of 2008. These broader economic trends have impacted our Colorado loan portfolio, which has seen an increase in adversely graded credits. Additionally, the Arizona market continues to be negatively impacted by a severely depressed residential housing market. The receipt of borrower financial statements as well as focused portfolio reviews by our bankers contributed to an increase in adversely graded credits in both markets during 2009 and 2010.  If real estate prices continue to decline, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans could be reduced.  Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be further diminished, and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.

 

In addition, our Insurance segment’s revenues have been adversely affected by a continued soft premium market for property and casualty insurance; the decline in the broader equity market has negatively impacted Wealth Management earnings; and Investment Banking transactions have been curtailed due to market uncertainty and valuation issues.

 

Continued weakness could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and on the market for our common stock.

 

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses.

 

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment.  Credit losses are inherent in the lending business and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for potential losses based on a number of factors.  If our assumptions are wrong, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover our losses, thereby having an adverse effect on our operating results, and may cause us to increase the allowance in the future.  In addition, we expect to increase the number and amount of loans we originate, and we cannot guarantee that we will not experience an increase in delinquencies and losses as these loans continue to age,

 

21



Table of Contents

 

particularly if the economic conditions in Colorado and Arizona further deteriorate.  The actual amount of future provisions for loan losses cannot be determined at any specific point in time and may exceed the amounts of past provisions.  Additions to our allowance for loan losses would decrease our net income.

 

Our commercial real estate and construction loans are subject to various lending risks depending on the nature of the borrower’s business, its cash flow and our collateral.

 

Our commercial real estate loans involve higher principal amounts than other loans, and repayment of these loans may be dependent on factors outside our control or the control of our borrowers. Repayment of commercial real estate loans is generally dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Rental income may not rise sufficiently over time to meet increases in the loan rate at repricing or increases in operating expenses, such as utilities and taxes. As a result, impaired loans may be more difficult to identify without some seasoning. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate often depend upon the successful operation and management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, such as adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy or changes in government regulation. If the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the security for the loan may be impaired.

 

Repayment of our commercial loans is often dependent on cash flow of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Generally, this collateral is accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or real estate. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. Other collateral securing loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

 

Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs to construct and the value associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate due to the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property making it relatively difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. Delays in completing the project may arise from labor problems, material shortages and other unpredictable contingencies. If the estimate of construction costs is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds to complete construction. If our appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project.

 

Our consumer loans generally have a higher risk of default than our other loans.

 

Consumer loans entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciating assets. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

We may not realize our deferred income tax assets. In addition, our net operating loss carryforwards and built in losses could be substantially limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The Company may experience negative or unforeseen tax consequences.  We review the probability of the realization of our net deferred tax assets each period based on forecasts of taxable income.  This review uses historical results, projected future operating results based upon approved business plans, eligible carryforward and carryback periods, tax-planning opportunities and other relevant considerations.  Adverse changes in the profitability and financial outlook in the U.S. and our industry may require the creation of an additional valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets.  Such changes could result in material non-cash expenses in the period in which the changes are made and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

In addition, the benefit of our built-in losses would be reduced if we experience an “ownership change,” as determined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (Section 382). A Section 382 ownership change occurs if a stockholder or a group of stockholders who are deemed to own at least 5% of our common stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. If an ownership change occurs, Section 382 would impose an annual limit on the amount of built-in losses we can use to reduce our taxable income equal to the product of the total value of our outstanding equity immediately prior to the ownership change (reduced by certain items specified in Section 382) and the federal long-term tax-exempt interest rate in effect for the month of the ownership change. A number of complex rules apply to calculating this annual limit.

 

While the complexity of Section 382’s provisions and the limited knowledge any public company has about the ownership of its publicly traded stock make it difficult to determine whether an ownership change has occurred, we currently believe that an ownership change has not occurred. However, if an ownership change were to occur, the annual limit Section 382 may impose could result in a limitation of the annual deductibility of our built-in losses.

 

The value of securities in our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by continued disruptions in securities markets.

 

The market for some of the investment securities held in our portfolio has been volatile. Market conditions may negatively affect the value of securities. There can be no assurance that the declines in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in other-than- temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels.

 

The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

 

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse affect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to executive compensation restrictions because of our participation in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program.

 

We are subject to TARP rules and standards governing executive compensation, which generally apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers and, with recent amendments, a number of other employees. The standards include (i) a requirement to recover any bonus payment to senior executive officers or certain other employees if payment was based on materially inaccurate financial statements or performance metric criteria; (ii) a prohibition on making any golden parachute payments to senior executive officers and certain other employees; (iii) a prohibition on paying or accruing any bonus payment to certain employees, except as

 

23



Table of Contents

 

otherwise permitted by the rules; (iv) a prohibition on maintaining any plan for senior executive officers that encourages such officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the Company’s value; (v) a prohibition on maintaining any employee compensation plan that encourages the manipulation of reported earnings to enhance the compensation of any employee; and (vi) a prohibition on providing tax gross-ups to senior executive officers and certain other employees. These restrictions and standards could limit our ability to recruit and retain executives.

 

The securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury permits Treasury to impose additional restrictions on us retroactively.

 

The securities purchase agreement we entered into with Treasury permits Treasury to unilaterally amend the terms of the securities purchase agreement to comply with any changes in federal statutes after the date of its execution.  ARRA imposed additional executive compensation and expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients, including us, until we have repaid Treasury.  These additional restrictions may impede our ability to attract and retain qualified executive officers.  ARRA also permits TARP recipients to repay the Treasury without penalty or requirement that additional capital be raised, subject to Treasury’s consultation with our primary federal regulator while the securities purchase agreement required that, for a period of three years, the Series B preferred stock could generally only be repaid if we raised additional capital to repay the securities and such capital qualified as Tier 1 capital.  Additional unilateral changes in the securities purchase agreement could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Supervisory guidance on commercial real estate concentrations could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business.

 

The OCC, the FRB and the FDIC finalized joint supervisory guidance in 2006 on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance is intended to help ensure that institutions pursuing a significant commercial real estate lending strategy remain healthy and profitable while continuing to serve the credit needs of their communities. The agencies are concerned that rising commercial real estate loan concentrations may expose institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in commercial real estate markets. The guidance reinforces and enhances existing regulations and guidelines for safe and sound real estate lending. The guidance provides supervisory criteria, including numerical indicators to assist in identifying institutions with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny. The guidance does not limit banks’ commercial real estate lending, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. Lending and risk management practices of the Company will be taken into account in supervisory evaluation of capital adequacy. Our commercial real estate portfolio at December 31, 2010, did not meet the definition of commercial real estate concentration as set forth in the final guidelines. If the Company is considered to have a concentration in the future and our risk management practices are found to be deficient, it could result in increased reserves and capital costs.

 

To the extent that any of the real estate securing our loans becomes subject to environmental liabilities, the value of our collateral will be diminished.

 

In certain situations, under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations as well as the common law, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on such property or damage to property or personal injury. Such laws may impose liability whether or not the owner or operator was responsible for the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which properties may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require expenditures by one or more of our borrowers. Such laws may be amended so as to require compliance with stringent standards which could require one or more of our borrowers to make unexpected expenditures, some of which could be substantial. Environmental laws provide for sanctions in the event of noncompliance and may be enforced by governmental agencies or,

 

24



Table of Contents

 

in certain circumstances, by private parties. One or more of our borrowers may be responsible for such costs which would diminish the value of our collateral. The cost of defending against claims of liability, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements or of remediating any contaminated property could be substantial and require a material portion of the cash flow of one or more of our borrowers, which would diminish the ability of any such borrowers to repay our loans.

 

Changes in interest rates may affect our profitability.

 

Our profitability is, in part, a function of the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans, and the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest spread and margin will be affected by general economic conditions and other factors, including fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, that influence market interest rates and our ability to respond to changes in such rates. At any given time, our assets and liabilities structures are such that they are affected differently by a change in interest rates. As a result, an increase or decrease in interest rates, the length of loan terms or the mix of adjustable and fixed-rate loans in our portfolio could have a positive or negative effect on our net income, capital and liquidity. We have traditionally managed our assets and liabilities in such a way that we have a positive interest rate gap. As a general rule, banks with positive interest rate gaps are more likely to be susceptible to declines in net interest income in periods of falling interest rates and are more likely to experience increases in net interest income in periods of rising interest rates.  In addition, an increase in interest rates may adversely affect the ability of some borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their loans.

 

Our ability to grow is substantially dependent upon our ability to increase our deposits.

 

Our primary source of funding growth is through deposit accumulation. Our ability to attract deposits is significantly influenced by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. If we are not successful in increasing our current deposit base to a level commensurate with our funding needs, we may have to seek alternative higher-cost wholesale financing sources or curtail our growth.

 

Our fee-based businesses are subject to quarterly and annual volatility in their revenues and earnings.

 

Our fee-based businesses have historically experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, quarterly and annual volatility in revenues and earnings.  With respect to our investment banking services segment, GMB, the delay in the initiation or the termination of a major new client engagement, or any changes in the anticipated closing date of client transactions can directly affect revenues and earnings for a particular quarter or year.  With respect to our insurance segment, CoBiz Insurance Inc. and FDL-Employee Benefits division, our revenues and earnings also can experience quarterly and annual volatility, depending on the timing of the initiation or termination of a major new client engagement.  In addition, a substantial portion of the revenues and earnings of our insurance segment are often generated during our fourth quarter as many of their clients seek to finalize their wealth transfer and estate plans by year end.  With respect to our investment advisory business, our revenues and earnings are dependent on the value of our assets under management, which in turn are heavily dependent upon general conditions in debt and equity markets.  Any significant volatility in debt or equity markets are likely to directly affect revenues and earnings of CoBiz Investment Management, LLC. for a particular quarter or year.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

We rely heavily on our management, and the loss of any of our senior officers may adversely affect our operations.

 

Consistent with our policy of focusing growth initiatives on the recruitment of qualified personnel, we are highly dependent on the continued services of a small number of our executive officers and key employees. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The failure to recruit and retain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our business and financial condition may be adversely affected by competition.

 

The banking business in the Denver and Phoenix metropolitan areas is highly competitive and is currently dominated by a number of large regional and national financial institutions. In addition to these regional and national banks, there are a number of smaller commercial banks that operate in these areas. We compete for loans and deposits with banks, savings and loan associations, finance companies, credit unions, and mortgage bankers. In addition to traditional financial institutions, we also compete for loans with brokerage and investment banking companies, and governmental agencies that make available low-cost or guaranteed loans to certain borrowers. Particularly in times of high interest rates, we also face significant competition for deposits from sellers of short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities.

 

By virtue of their larger capital bases or affiliation with larger multibank holding companies, many of our competitors have substantially greater capital resources and lending limits than we have and perform other functions that we offer only through correspondents. Interstate banking and unlimited state-wide branch banking are permitted in Colorado and Arizona. As a result, we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, greater competition in our primary service areas. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by competition, including any increase in competition. Moreover, recently enacted and proposed legislation has focused on expanding the ability of participants in the banking and thrift industries to engage in other lines of business. The enactment of such legislation could put us at a competitive disadvantage because we may not have the capital to participate in other lines of business to the same extent as more highly capitalized financial service holding companies.

 

We may be required to make capital contributions to the Bank if it becomes undercapitalized.

 

Under federal law, a bank holding company may be required to guarantee a capital plan filed by an undercapitalized bank subsidiary with its primary regulator. If the subsidiary defaults under the plan, the holding company may be required to contribute to the capital of the subsidiary bank in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the Bank’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to bring the Bank into compliance with applicable capital standards. Therefore, it is possible that we will be required to contribute capital to our subsidiary bank or any other bank that we may acquire in the event that such bank becomes undercapitalized. If we are required to make such capital contribution at a time when we have other significant capital needs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.

 

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

An interruption in or breach in security of our information systems may result in a loss of customer business.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposits, and servicing or loan origination systems.  The occurrence of any failures or interruptions could result in a loss of customer business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We are subject to significant government regulation, and any regulatory changes may adversely affect us.

 

The banking industry is heavily regulated under both federal and state law. These regulations are primarily intended to protect customers, not our creditors or shareholders. As a financial holding company, we are also subject to extensive regulation by the FRB, in addition to other regulatory and self-regulatory organizations. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and we cannot predict the ultimate effect of such changes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

At December 31, 2010, we had 12 bank locations, four fee-based locations and an operations center in Colorado and seven bank locations and a fee-based location in Arizona. Our executive offices are located at 821 17th St., Denver, Colorado, 80202.  We lease our executive offices, our Northeast office and our Surprise office locations from entities partly owned or controlled by a director of the Company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence” under Item 13 of Part III and Note 15 to the Consolidated financial statements. The terms of these leases expire between 2013 and 2016. The Company leases all of its facilities with the exception of the Prince bank in Littleton, Colorado which the Company purchased during 2010. The following table sets forth specific information on each location.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

Bank Locations

 

Address

 

Expiration

 

Colorado:

 

 

 

 

 

Prince

 

2409 W. Main St., Littleton, CO 80120

 

Owned

 

West Metro

 

15710 W. Colfax Ave., Golden, CO 80401

 

2011

 

Cherry Creek

 

301 University Blvd., Suites 100 & 200, Denver, CO 80206

 

2012

 

Eagle

 

212 Chambers Ave., Unit 3, Eagle, CO 81631

 

2012

 

Littleton

 

101 W. Mineral Ave., Littleton, CO 80120

 

2012

 

DTC

 

4582 S. Ulster Street Parkway, Suite 100, Denver, CO, 80237

 

2013

 

Northeast

 

4695 Quebec St., Denver, CO 80216

 

2013

 

Boulder

 

2025 Pearl St., Boulder, CO 80302

 

2014

 

Northwest

 

400 Centennial Pkway., Ste. 100, Louisville, CO 80027

 

2014

 

Vail Valley

 

56 Edwards Village Blvd., Ste. 130, Edwards, CO 81632

 

2014

 

Tremont

 

1275 Tremont Pl., Denver, CO 80204

 

2014

 

Denver

 

821 17th St., Denver, CO 80202

 

2016

 

Denver Operations Center

 

717 17th St., Ste. 400, Denver, CO 80202

 

2020

 

Arizona:

 

 

 

 

 

Chandler

 

2727 W. Frye Rd., Ste. 100, Chandler, AZ 85224

 

2010

 

Scottsdale

 

6929 E. Greenway Pkwy., Ste. 150, Scottsdale, AZ 85254

 

2011

 

East Valley

 

1757 E. Baseline Rd., Ste. 101, Gilbert, AZ 85233

 

2012

 

Tempe

 

1620 W. Fountainhead Pkwy., Ste. 119, Tempe, AZ 85282

 

2012

 

Surprise

 

12775 W. Bell Rd., Surprise, AZ 85374

 

2016

 

Phoenix

 

2600 N. Central Ave., Ste. 2000, Phoenix, AZ 85004

 

2017

 

Scottsdale Fashion Square

 

7150 E. Camelback Rd., Ste. 100, Scottsdale, AZ 85251

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease

 

Fee-Based Locations

 

Address

 

Expiration

 

CoBiz Insurance Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

Colorado

 

821 17th St., Denver, CO 80202

 

2016

 

Arizona

 

2600 N. Central Ave., Ste. 1950, Phoenix, AZ 85004

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Designs Ltd.

 

1775 Sherman St., Ste. 1800, Denver, CO 80203

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Investment Management, Inc.

 

1099 18th St., Suite. 3000, Denver, CO 80202

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd.

 

1515 Wynkoop St., Suite 800, Denver, CO 80202

 

2020

 

 

All locations are in good operating condition and are believed adequate for our present and foreseeable future operations. We do not anticipate any difficulty in leasing additional suitable space upon expiration of any present lease terms.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

Periodically and in the ordinary course of business, various claims and lawsuits which are incidental to our business are brought against or by us. We believe, based on the dollar amount of the claims outstanding at the end of the year, the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from such claims or lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

Item 4. [Removed and Reserved]

 

28



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity

 

The common stock of the Company is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “COBZ.”  At February 8, 2011, there were approximately 484 shareholders of record of CoBiz common stock.

 

The following table presents the range of high and low sale prices of our common stock for each quarter within the two most recent fiscal years as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the per-share dividends declared in each quarter during that period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Declared

 

2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

9.99

 

$

4.00

 

$

0.07

 

Second Quarter

 

8.09

 

4.81

 

0.01

 

Third Quarter

 

6.64

 

4.18

 

0.01

 

Fourth Quarter

 

5.70

 

3.99

 

0.01

 

2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

6.60

 

$

4.25

 

$

0.01

 

Second Quarter

 

8.29

 

5.99

 

0.01

 

Third Quarter

 

6.78

 

4.98

 

0.01

 

Fourth Quarter

 

6.20

 

4.71

 

0.01

 

 

The timing and amount of future dividends declared by the Board of Directors of the Company will depend upon the consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of the Company and its subsidiaries, the amount of cash dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries, applicable government regulations and policies, and other factors considered relevant by the Board of Directors of the Company.  The Company is subject to certain covenants pursuant to the issuance of its junior subordinated debentures as described in Note 9 to the Consolidated financial statements, that could limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement executed in the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its common stock will be subject to restrictions in the event that the Company fails to declare and pay full dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.  In addition, the Company may not increase its dividend prior to the earlier of 1) three years from the date of the Purchase Agreement or 2) the date on which the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole.  At December 31, 2010, the Company has paid all required dividends under the Purchase Agreement when due.

 

Capital distributions, including dividends, by institutions such as the Bank are subject to restrictions tied to the institution’s earnings. See “Supervision and Regulation — “The Bank”  and “The Holding Company” — Dividend Restrictions” included under Item 1 of Part I.

 

The following table compares the cumulative total return on a hypothetical investment of $100 in CoBiz common stock on December 31, 2005 and the closing prices on each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2010, with the hypothetical cumulative total return on the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Bank Index for the comparable period.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

12/31/2005

 

12/31/2006

 

12/31/2007

 

12/31/2008

 

12/31/2009

 

12/31/2010

 

CoBiz Financial Inc.

 

$

100.00

 

$

122.18

 

$

83.64

 

$

56.13

 

$

27.92

 

$

35.99

 

NASDAQ Bank Index

 

$

100.00

 

$

112.41

 

$

91.16

 

$

71.54

 

$

59.88

 

$

68.37

 

Russell 2000 Index

 

$

100.00

 

$

118.37

 

$

116.51

 

$

77.15

 

$

98.11

 

$

124.46

 

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth selected financial data for the Company for the periods indicated. During the periods reported, the Company has completed two acquisitions of companies as described in Part I, Item 1.

 

 

 

At or for the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Statement of income data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

115,979

 

$

129,450

 

$

144,908

 

$

154,510

 

$

136,444

 

Interest expense

 

19,148

 

26,066

 

49,557

 

66,611

 

57,015

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

 

96,831

 

103,384

 

95,351

 

87,899

 

79,429

 

Provision for loan losses

 

35,127

 

105,815

 

39,796

 

3,936

 

1,342

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses

 

61,704

 

(2,431

)

55,555

 

83,963

 

78,087

 

Noninterest income

 

35,008

 

27,627

 

35,778

 

28,611

 

30,964

 

Noninterest expense

 

109,112

 

141,410

 

89,717

 

75,515

 

71,927

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

(12,400

)

(116,214

)

1,616

 

37,059

 

37,124

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

10,028

 

(32,859

)

(91

)

13,713

 

13,299

 

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interest

 

$

(22,428

)

$

(83,355

)

$

1,707

 

$

23,346

 

$

23,825

 

Less: net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(209

)

314

 

(379

)

(322

)

(999

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(22,637

)

$

(83,041

)

$

1,328

 

$

23,024

 

$

22,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share - basic

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.01

 

Earnings (loss) per common share - diluted

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

$

0.96

 

$

0.98

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.22

 

Dividend payout ratio

 

NM

 

NM

 

560.00

%

26.53

%

21.78

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,395,088

 

$

2,466,015

 

$

2,684,275

 

$

2,391,012

 

$

2,112,423

 

Total investments

 

644,668

 

545,980

 

500,448

 

395,663

 

438,894

 

Loans

 

1,643,727

 

1,780,866

 

2,031,253

 

1,846,326

 

1,544,460

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

65,892

 

75,116

 

42,851

 

20,043

 

17,871

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

1,820

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

1,889,368

 

1,968,833

 

1,639,031

 

1,742,689

 

1,476,337

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

20,984

 

20,984

 

20,984

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

201,738

 

230,451

 

252,099

 

189,270

 

162,675

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets

 

(0.93

)%

(3.25

)%

0.05

%

1.04

%

1.11

%

Return on average shareholders’ equity

 

(10.17

)%

(35.23

)%

0.67

%

12.15

%

15.45

%

Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets

 

9.15

%

9.22

%

7.80

%

8.54

%

7.19

%

Net interest margin

 

4.37

%

4.38

%

4.08

%

4.28

%

4.20

%

Efficiency ratio (1)

 

76.49

%

68.27

%

65.10

%

64.10

%

64.12

%

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

2.83

%

4.24

%

1.75

%

0.15

%

0.06

%

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

2.60

%

4.44

%

2.02

%

0.18

%

0.09

%

Allowance for loan and credit losses to total loans

 

4.01

%

4.23

%

2.12

%

1.12

%

1.19

%

Allowance for loan and credit losses to nonperforming loans

 

154.33

%

97.28

%

104.95

%

604.69

%

1392.30

%

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

 

2.62

%

3.78

%

0.87

%

0.11

%

(0.01

)%

 


(1)  Efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income before provision for loan losses and noninterest income, excluding gains and losses on asset sales and valuation adjustments.

NM - Not Meaningful

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The Company is a financial holding company that offers a broad array of financial service products to its target market of professionals, small and medium-sized businesses, and high-net-worth individuals. Our operating segments include: Commercial Banking, Investment Banking, Wealth Management, and Insurance.

 

Earnings are derived primarily from our net interest income, which is interest income less interest expense, and our noninterest income earned from fee-based business lines and banking service fees, offset by noninterest expense. As the majority of our assets are interest-earning and our liabilities are interest-bearing, changes in interest rates impact our net interest margin, the largest component of our operating revenue (which is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income). We manage our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities to reduce the impact of interest rate changes on our operating results. We also have focused on reducing our dependency on our net interest margin by increasing our noninterest income.

 

During the economic and industry turmoil since 2008, we have continued to focus on developing an organization with personnel, management systems and products that will allow us to compete effectively and position us for growth. Many of our competitors have drastically cut costs by closing locations and reducing employee bases during this time.  Although we have also focused on reducing costs that do not impact customer service, we have also continued to invest in systems and business production personnel to strengthen our future growth prospects.  The economic downturn has also negatively impacted our customer base and our levels of nonperforming assets have increased as a result.  The combination of the increased levels of nonperforming assets and continued investment in the business has caused relatively high levels of noninterest expense that has adversely affected our earnings over the past several years. Salaries and employee benefits, loan workout costs and losses on Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) have comprised most of this overhead category.

 

Industry Overview. The U.S. commercial banking industry has been significantly impacted between 2008 and 2010 by decreased values in real estate related assets, a downturn in the financial markets and a significant tightening in the credit market.  The weakened U.S. housing market has caused the industry to realize significant losses on write-downs of investment securities securitized by real estate and higher credit costs for write-downs of loans issued for investment.  The November 2010 S&P/Case-Shiller Home Price Indices data indicated that the real estate market is still struggling.  November 2010 was the sixth consecutive month where annual growth rates moderated from the prior month’s pace.  In addition, nine metropolitan areas hit their lowest price levels since home prices peaked in 2006 and 2007.

 

The Chairman of the Federal Reserve indicated in a speech on August 27, 2010, that economic activity that appeared in the second half of 2009 has continued, but at a pace lower than projected earlier in the year.  Based on the Federal Reserve’s projection of economic activity, it is expected that the current pace of economic activity will accelerate in 2011.  Based on those projections, the unemployment rate would reduce over time.  While consumer spending and business fixed investment continue to restrict economic recovery, business investment in equipment and software increased to a rate of more than 20% in the first half of 2010.  However, disappointing labor market data coupled with low consumer spending and lower than expected growth in housing indicates that the recovery of output and employment has slowed.

 

During 2010, the Federal Reserve continued to take action to encourage growth in the U.S economy.  In November 2010, the Federal Reserve announced plans to buy up to $600 billion in long-term Treasuries during the second quarter of 2011 and reiterated its intentions to reinvest up to $300 billion in proceeds from earlier investments, bringing total new investment up to $900 billion.  These stimulus efforts, collectively referred to as the central banks’ quantitative easing policy, are intended to promote economic growth by keeping access to credit markets open and interest rates low.

 

The national unemployment rate slightly decreased from 10.0% in December 2009 to 9.4% as of December 2010.  The high unemployment rate is another driving factor that could prolong a weak economy.  During 2008-2009, 165 banks failed and went into receivership with the FDIC, causing estimated losses of $53.6 billion to the Depository Insurance Fund.  In 2010, 157 banks went into

 

32



Table of Contents

 

receivership.  The FDIC has also taken possession of 11 banks in the first month of 2011, including two Colorado banks.  This compares to only 10 bank failures in the years 2003 to 2007.  The FDIC’s “problem list” stood at 860 at September 30, 2010, up from 702 at the end of 2009 and 252 at the end of 2008.

 

In the third quarter of 2010, FDIC-insured commercial banks reported a combined net income of $14.5 billion, the fifth consecutive quarterly year-over-year earnings improvement.  Driving the increase in earnings were reductions in loan loss provisions and goodwill impairments.  Provision for loan losses was at the lowest quarterly total since the fourth quarter of 2007.  Net charge-offs decreased for the second consecutive quarter as compared to the previous and year-earlier quarters. In addition, noncurrent loans decreased during the quarter after posting the first quarterly decline in more than four years during the second quarter of 2010.  Prior to the second quarter of 2010, noncurrent loan balances had risen for 16 consecutive quarters.

 

The overall market conditions led the Federal Open Markets Committee (FOMC) to maintain the target federal funds rate at a range of 0 to 25 basis points in 2010 since it was initially set in December 2008.  At the January 2011 FOMC meeting the Committee again decided to maintain the target at 0 to 25 basis points since the rate of the economic recovery has been insufficient to bring about a significant improvement in labor market conditions.

 

Company Overview. From December 31, 1995, the first complete fiscal year under the current management team, to December 31, 2010, our organization has grown from a bank holding company with two bank locations and total assets of $160.4 million to a diversified financial services holding company with 19 bank locations, four fee-based businesses and total assets of $2.4 billion.  As discussed in “Item 1. Business” and Note 19 to the Consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its operating segments in 2010 to reflect an internal realignment of its wealth management components.  The prior period disclosures in the following table have been adjusted to conform to the new presentation.  Certain key metrics of our operating segments at or for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Investment

 

Wealth

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

 

 

Banking

 

Banking

 

Management

 

Insurance

 

Other

 

Consolidated

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2010

 

Net loss

 

$

(86

)

$

(91

)

$

(1,295

)

$

(818

)

$

(20,347

)

$

(22,637

)

Diluted loss per common share

 

$

 

$

 

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.66

)

$

(0.72

)

Total assets

 

$

2,338,829

 

$

4,101

 

$

5,597

 

$

8,058

 

$

38,503

 

$

2,395,088

 

 

 

 

2009

 

Net loss

 

$

(47,698

)

$

(4,585

)

$

(22,243

)

$

(2,632

)

$

(5,883

)

$

(83,041

)

Diluted loss per common share

 

$

(1.64

)

$

(0.16

)

$

(0.76

)

$

(0.09

)

$

(0.33

)

$

(2.98

)

Total assets

 

$

2,380,362

 

$

609

 

$

3,312

 

$

10,278

 

$

71,454

 

$

2,466,015

 

 

 

 

2008

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

6,675

 

$

(190

)

$

(705

)

$

594

 

$

(5,046

)

$

1,328

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

$

0.28

 

$

(0.01

)

$

(0.03

)

$

0.03

 

$

(0.22

)

$

0.05

 

Total assets

 

$

2,629,082

 

$

6,670

 

$

23,891

 

$

13,840

 

$

10,792

 

$

2,684,275

 

 

Noted below are some of the significant financial performance measures and operational results for 2010 and 2009:

 

2010

 

·                  Commercial Banking broke even on a per share basis in 2010 compared to a loss of $1.64 per diluted share in 2009.  Our commercial banking franchise recognized provision for loan losses of $30.2 million in 2010, a significant reduction compared to $103.4 million in 2009.  Nonperforming assets decreased to $67.8 million at the end of 2010, from $104.5 million at the end of 2009.  The Bank’s ratio of allowance for loan and credit losses to total loans ended the year at 4.01% and the allowance exceeds 154% of nonperforming loans.  During the fourth quarter of 2010, the segment recorded a deferred tax valuation charge of $4.1 million. Also contributing to the improvement was the absence of a goodwill impairment that negatively impacted the 2009 results.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

·                  Investment Banking broke even on a per share basis in 2010, compared to a loss of $0.16 per diluted share in 2009. After muted mergers and acquisition activity in 2009 due to the adverse impact of severe macro economic conditions, the segment significantly improved the number of successful deals closed in 2010.  Also contributing to the improvement was the absence of a goodwill impairment that negatively impacted the 2009 results.

 

·                  Wealth Management lost $0.04 per diluted share in 2010, an improvement over the loss of $0.76 in 2009. The segment recorded a $0.3 million deferred tax valuation allowance during 2010.  Most of the major market indices rose during 2010, contributing to higher revenue for the segment.  However, the integration of the Company’s investment advisory firms into one legal entity and the subsequent marketing campaign of Wealth Management increased operating expenses.  Wealth transfer revenue increased in 2010 over 2009, as the economy improved.  Also contributing to the improvement was the absence of a goodwill impairment that negatively impacted the 2009 results.

 

·                  Insurance lost $0.02 per diluted share in 2010, an improvement over the $0.09 loss in 2009.  A deferred tax valuation allowance of $0.3 million impacted the segments earnings during 2010. The Company’s P&C revenues are generated as a percentage of its client’s insurance premiums.  As client payrolls, revenues and business assets have shrunk due to economic conditions, premiums have also decreased.  The Company continues to realize lower revenues on a large part of its existing client base.  The improvement in the 2010 net loss per share was primarily due to the absence of a goodwill impairment that negatively impacted the 2009 results.

 

·                  Corporate Support and Other lost $0.66 per diluted share in 2010, down from a loss of $0.33 in 2009.  The increase in the net loss per share was primarily due to an $11.0 million deferred tax valuation charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010, a $2.5 million increase in provision for loan loss expense for non-performing assets held at the parent company and a $2.0 million increase in valuation losses on OREO also held at the parent company.

 

·                  During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company established a deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the amount of $15.6 million based on its assessment of the amount of deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized.

 

·                  The Company recognized losses of $8.4 million in 2010 on valuation adjustments of other real estate owned and other-than-temporary impairments on investments.

 

·                  The net interest margin on a tax-equivalent basis remained steady at 4.37% compared to 4.38% in 2009.

 

·                  Total noninterest-bearing demand accounts represented 36.1% of total deposits at December 31, 2010, the highest level in the Company’s history.

 

·                  The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was to 15.5% at the end of 2010, down from 16.1% at the end of 2009.

 

2009

 

·                  The Company recognized a $46.2 million goodwill impairment charge in 2009.

 

·                  Commercial Banking lost $1.64 per diluted share in 2009, down from a contribution of $0.28 in 2008.  Our commercial banking franchise recognized provision for loan losses of $103.4 million in 2009, compared to $39.8 million in 2008.  Net charge-offs for 2009 totaled $73.5 million, compared to $17.0 million for 2008.  Nonperforming assets also increased to $104.5 million at the end of 2009, from $47.0 million at the end of 2008.  The Bank’s ratio of allowance for loan and

 

34



Table of Contents

 

credit losses to total loans ended the year at 4.23%, the highest ratio the Bank has had at the end of a year in its history, and the allowance exceeds 97% of nonperforming loans. The segment also realized a goodwill impairment charge of $15.4 million.

 

·                  The increase in provision for loan loss expense was the primary driver in the decrease in net income for both the commercial banking segment and the Company.  The Company’s land acquisition and development portfolio represented 8.6% of total loans, but accounted for approximately 61% of the provision for loan losses and 59% of the gross charge-offs.

 

·                  Investment Banking lost $0.16 per diluted share in 2009, down from a $0.01 loss in 2008. Mergers and acquisition activity was muted in 2009 due to the adverse impact of severe macro economic conditions.  The segment also realized a goodwill impairment charge of $5.3 million.

 

·                  Wealth Management lost $0.76 per diluted share in 2009, down from a loss of $0.03 in 2008.  While the major market indices rose during 2009, the market growth did not fully recapture the losses realized in 2008. The segment was also adversely impacted by a decrease in wealth transfer cases, as clients conserved cash reserves due to the recession.  The decline in average market values in 2009 compared to 2008 continued to pressure top line revenue.  The segment also realized a goodwill impairment charge of $21.4 million.

 

·                  Insurance lost $0.09 per diluted share in 2009, down from a contribution of $0.03 in 2008.The Company’s P&C revenues are generated as a percentage of its client’s insurance premiums.  As client payrolls, revenues and business assets have shrunk due to economic conditions, premiums have also decreased. Thus, the Company has realized lower revenues on a large part of its existing client base. The segment also realized a goodwill impairment charge of $4.1 million.

 

·                  Corporate Support and Other lost $0.33 per diluted share in 2009, down from a loss of $0.22 in 2008.  The increase in the net loss per share was primarily due to the inclusion of the preferred stock dividends for a full year in 2009.  The preferred stock was outstanding for less than a month in 2008.  In addition, the segment recorded $2.4 million in provision for loan loss expense for non-performing assets held at the parent company.

 

·                  During the third quarter of 2009, the Company successfully completed a common equity offering of $55.8 million, net of expenses.

 

·                  The Company recognized losses of $5.6 million in 2009 on valuation adjustments of other real estate owned and other-than-temporary impairments on investments.

 

·                  The net interest margin on a tax-equivalent basis was 4.38% compared to 4.08% in 2008.

 

·                  The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio increased to 16.1% at the end of 2009 from 14.5% at the end of 2008.

 

Bank. The commercial bank segment, the cornerstone of our franchise, has been adversely impacted by the slowdown in the economy and the tightening in the credit markets over the past three years.  While the Bank has recognized elevated levels of loan losses, net charge-offs fell to $44.4 million in 2010 from $73.6 million in 2009 (both years include net charge-offs of loans that were transferred to the parent company). The negative impact of asset quality not only affected the level of provision for loan losses, but also impacted net interest income as earning assets decreased.  The Bank, and the industry as a whole, continues to be challenged by new loan generation.  Muted loan growth in the future will negatively impact the Bank’s earnings as net interest income is the largest driver of operating income.

 

Fee-Based Business Lines. The Company’s fee-based business lines — Investment Banking, Insurance, and Wealth Management — operated at a loss for 2010 on a combined basis for the second consecutive

 

35



Table of Contents

 

year.  However, our ratio of noninterest income to total operating revenues increased to 27% for 2010 compared to 21% in 2009.

 

We believe that through the combination of our Commercial Banking franchise and our fee-based businesses, we are uniquely situated to service our commercial clients throughout their business lifecycle. We are able to help our customers grow by providing banking services from our bank franchise, capital planning from GMB, and employee and executive benefits packages from FDL. We can assist in planning for the future with wealth transfer and business succession planning from FDL. We are able to protect assets with P&C insurance from CoBiz Insurance. We can facilitate exit and retirement strategies with merger and acquisition services from GMB. We are also able to preserve our customers’ wealth with trust and fiduciary services from CoBiz Trust, investment management services from CoBiz Investment Management, and wealth transfer services from FDL.

 

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this Form 10-K beginning on page F-1. For a discussion of the segments included in our principal activities and for certain financial information for each segment, see “Segment Results” discussed below and Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Company’s discussion and analysis of its consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. In making those critical accounting estimates, we are required to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time of the estimate. Different estimates we could reasonably have used, or changes in the assumptions that could occur, could have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition or consolidated results of operations.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting policy that requires subjective estimates in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibilty of loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

We maintain a loan review program independent of the lending function that is designed to reduce and control risk in the lending function. It includes the monitoring of lending activities with respect to underwriting and processing new loans, preventing insider abuse, and timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. We also have a systematic process to evaluate individual loans and pools of loans within our loan portfolio. We maintain a loan grading system whereby each loan is assigned a grade between 1 and 8, with 1 representing the highest quality credit, 7 representing a loan where collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable, and 8 representing a loss that has been or will be charged-off.  Loans that are graded 5 or lower are categorized as non-classified credits, while loans graded 6 and higher are categorized as classified credits that have a higher risk of loss. Grades are assigned based upon the degree of risk associated with repayment of a loan in the normal course of business pursuant to the original terms. Loans above a certain dollar amount that are adversely graded are reported to the Loan Committee and the Chief Credit Officer along with current financial information, a collateral analysis and an action plan. Individual loans that are deemed to be impaired are evaluated in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 310-10-35, Receivables — Subsequent Measurement.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

In determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, we analyze the various components of the loan portfolio, including all significant credits, on an individual basis. When analyzing the adequacy, we segment the loan portfolio into components with similar characteristics, such as risk classification, past due status, type of loan, industry or collateral. Possible factors that may impact the allowance for loan losses include, but are not limited to:

 

·                  Changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards as well as collection, charge-off and recovery practices;

·                  Changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments, including the condition of various market segments;

·                  Changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio;

·                  Changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff;

·                  Changes in the trend of the volume and severity of past-due and classified loans; and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, and other loan modifications;

·                  The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

·                  The effect of external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the current portfolio.

 

See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion on management’s methodology.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) represents properties acquired through foreclosure or physical possession.  Write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent to foreclosure, we periodically evaluate the value of OREO held for sale and record a valuation allowance for any subsequent declines in fair value less selling costs.  Subsequent declines in value are charged to operations.  Fair value is based on our assessment of information available to us at the end of a reporting period and depends upon a number of factors, including our historical experience, economic conditions, and issues specific to individual properties.  Our evaluation of these factors involves subjective estimates and judgments that may change.

 

Recoverability of Goodwill

 

ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (ASC 350), requires that we evaluate on an annual basis (or whenever events occur which may indicate possible impairment) whether any portion of our recorded goodwill is impaired. The recoverability of goodwill is a critical accounting policy that requires subjective estimates in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process.  In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and it is not necessary to continue to step two of the impairment process. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, step two is performed, where the implied fair value of goodwill is compared to the carrying value of the reporting units’ goodwill.  Implied goodwill is computed as a residual value after allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to its assets and liabilities We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using market multiples of comparable entities, including recent transactions, or a combination of market multiples and a discounted cash flow methodology.

 

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires a high degree of subjective management assumption. Discounted cash flow valuation models utilize variables such as revenue growth rates, expense trends, discount rates and terminal values. Based upon an evaluation of key data and market factors, management selects from a range the specific variables to be incorporated into the valuation model.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

We conducted evaluations of our reporting units during 2009 due to triggering events noted in the first and third quarters.  As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the estimated fair value of all reporting units was less than their carrying values and goodwill impairment was deemed to exist.  During 2009, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment of $46.2 million, eliminating all goodwill from the balance sheet.

 

Deferred Taxes

 

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance may be established.  We consider the determination of this valuation allowance to be a critical accounting policy because of the need to exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income.  These judgments and estimates are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.  At December 31, 2010, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $15.6 million. An additional valuation allowance for deferred tax assets may be required if the amounts of taxes recoverable through loss carry backs decline, if we project lower levels of future taxable income, or we project lower levels of tax planning strategies.  Such additional valuation allowance would be established through a charge to income tax expense that would adversely affect our operating results.

 

Share-based Payments

 

On January 1, 2006, we adopted guidance now included in ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (ASC 718) (originally issued as SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment), using the modified prospective method. Under this method, compensation cost is recognized for (1) all awards granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, cancelled or repurchased after that date and (2) the portion of prior awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-date fair value of those awards calculated for pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation (SFAS 123).

 

ASC 718 requires that the cash retained as a result of the tax deductibility of employee share-based awards be presented as a component of cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

Under ASC 718, we use the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the fair value of our stock options as discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. The Black-Scholes fair value model includes various assumptions, including the expected volatility, expected life and expected dividend rate of the options. In addition, the Company is required to estimate the amount of options issued that are expected to be forfeited. These assumptions reflect our best estimates, but they involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions generally outside of our control. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, stock-based compensation expense, as calculated and recorded under ASC 718, could have been materially impacted. Furthermore, if we use different assumptions in future periods, stock-based compensation expense could be materially impacted in future periods.

 

Fair Value

 

The Company has adopted ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820) (originally issued as SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements), as it applies to financial assets and liabilities effective January 1, 2008.  ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an

 

38



Table of Contents

 

asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). Fair value may be used on a recurring basis for certain assets and liabilities such as available for sale securities and derivatives in which fair value is the primary basis of accounting.  Similarly, fair value may be used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets or liabilities such as impaired loans.  Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, the Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions in accordance with ASC 820 to determine the instrument’s fair value.  At December 31, 2010, $642.7 million of total assets, consisting of $637.4 million in available for sale securities and $5.3 million in derivative instruments, represented assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  At December 31, 2009, $536.9 million of total assets, consisting of $529.2 million in available for sale securities and $7.7 million in derivative instruments, represented assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, $6.9 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of total liabilities represented derivative instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis consisted of impaired loans totaling $47.6 million at December 31, 2010.  Certain private label MBS valued using broker-dealer quotes based on proprietary broker models, which are considered by the Company an unobservable input (Level 3), totaled $2.4 million of total assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009.  The Company recognized $0.4 million and $1.3 million in other-than-temporary impairments on the private label MBS for the year-ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  For additional information on the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

We also have other policies that we consider to be significant accounting policies; however, these policies, which are disclosed in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, do not meet the definition of critical accounting policies because they do not generally require us to make estimates or judgments that are difficult or subjective.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted the guidance in ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) — Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements (ASU 2010-06), which adds new requirements for disclosures for Levels 1 and 2, separate disclosures of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements and clarification of existing fair value disclosures.  ASU 2010-06 was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010.  The adoption of the update effective in 2010 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.  The Company is evaluating the effect, if any, the update effective in 2011 will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (ASU 2010-20).  ASU 2010-20 is intended to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about the nature of credit risk in an entity’s portfolio of financing receivables; how risk is analyzed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses.  ASU 2010-20 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2010, except for certain disclosures related to activity occurring during a reporting period which was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  The adoption of the update effective in 2010 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.  The Company is evaluating the effect, if any, the update effective in 2011 will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Financial Condition

 

The Company had total assets of $2.40 billion and total liabilities of $2.19 billion at December 31, 2010, compared to $2.47 billion in assets and $2.23 billion in liabilities at December 31, 2009.  The following sections address the specific components of the balance sheets and significant matters relating to those components at and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Lending Activities

 

General. We provide a broad range lending services, including commercial loans, commercial and residential real estate construction loans, commercial and residential real estate mortgage loans, consumer loans, revolving lines of credit, and tax-exempt financing. Our primary lending focus is commercial and real estate lending to small and medium-sized businesses with annual sales of $5.0 million to $75.0 million, and businesses and individuals with borrowing requirements of $250,000 to $15.0 million. At December 31, 2010, substantially all of our outstanding loans were to customers within Colorado and Arizona. Interest rates charged on loans vary with the degree of risk, maturity, underwriting and servicing costs, principal amount, and extent of other banking relationships with the customer.  Interest rates are further subject to competitive pressures, money market rates, availability of funds, and government regulations. See “Net Interest Income” for an analysis of the interest rates on our loans.

 

Credit Procedures and Review. We address credit risk through internal credit policies and procedures, including underwriting criteria, officer and customer lending limits, a multi-layered loan approval process for larger loans, periodic document examination, justification for any exceptions to credit policies, loan review and concentration monitoring. In response to current conditions and heightened default risk due to depressed real estate and collateral values, Management expanded the resources of the credit and loan review departments to provide for a more proactive identification of problem credits.  In addition, we provide ongoing loan officer training and review. We have a continuous loan review process designed to promote early identification of credit quality problems, assisted by a dedicated Senior Credit Officer in each geographic market. All loan officers are charged with the responsibility of reviewing, at least on a monthly basis, all past due loans in their respective portfolios. In addition, each of the loan officers establishes a watch list of loans to be reviewed by the boards of directors of the Bank. The loan portfolio is also monitored regularly by a loan review department that reports to the Chief Operations Officer of the Company and submits reports directly to the audit committee of the board of directors and the credit administration department.

 

In order to effectively respond to the current credit cycle, declining asset quality and increasing foreclosures, the Company made a significant investment in 2009 to establish a Special Assets Group comprised of seasoned specialists to efficiently manage nonperforming assets.  Management believes having the specialized function will allow our bankers to focus on seeking new lending and deposit relationships while troubled asset levels are effectively managed.

 

Composition of Loan Portfolio. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Commercial

 

$

565,145

 

35.8

%

$

559,612

 

32.8

%

$

648,968

 

32.6

%

$

576,959

 

31.6

%

$

482,309

 

31.6

%

Real estate - mortgage

 

783,675

 

49.7

%

832,509

 

48.8

%

870,262

 

43.8

%

728,076

 

39.9

%

569,805

 

37.3

%

Land acquisition & development

 

83,871

 

5.3

%

152,667

 

8.9

%

221,946

 

11.2

%

236,637

 

13.0

%

218,597

 

14.3

%

Real estate — construction

 

86,862

 

5.5

%

144,069

 

8.4

%

192,164

 

9.7

%

219,081

 

12.0

%

203,501

 

13.3

%

Consumer

 

94,607

 

6.0

%

76,103

 

4.5

%

86,701

 

4.4

%

71,422

 

3.9

%

57,990

 

3.8

%

Other

 

29,567

 

1.9

%

15,906

 

0.9

%

11,212

 

0.6

%

14,151

 

0.8

%

12,258

 

0.8

%

Total loans

 

$

1,643,727

 

104.2

%

$

1,780,866

 

104.3

%

$

2,031,253

 

102.2

%

$

1,846,326

 

101.1

%

$

1,544,460

 

101.2

%

Less allowance for loan losses

 

(65,892

)

-4.2

%

(75,116

)

(4.4

)%

(42,851

)

(2.2

)%

(20,043

)

(1.1

)%

(17,871

)

(1.2

)%

Net loans held for investment

 

$

1,577,835

 

100.0

%

$

1,705,750

 

99.9

%

$

1,988,402

 

100.0

%

$

1,826,283

 

100.0

%

$

1,526,589

 

100.0

%

Loans held for sale

 

 

0.0

%

1,820

 

0.1

%

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

 

0.0

%

Net loans

 

$

1,577,835

 

100.0

%

$

1,707,570

 

100.0

%

$

1,988,402

 

100.0

%

$

1,826,283

 

100.0

%

$

1,526,589

 

100.0

%

 

Gross loans decreased $139.0 million to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2010.  The decline in the overall gross loan balance is primarily attributable to a decrease in the land acquisition and development loan

 

40



Table of Contents

 

portfolio, which contributed to 50% or $68.8 million of the overall decline of the loan portfolio.  Due to overall market illiquidity and the significant value declines on raw land, the Company has ceased lending activities for the acquisition and future development of land. The real estate — mortgage and real estate — construction loan portfolios decreased significantly during 2010; $48.8 million and $57.2 million, respectively.  The aforementioned declines were offset by increases in other loan categories, primarily the consumer loan category.  The growth in the consumer loan portfolio is due to a new product offering, jumbo mortgage loans ($24.9 million at December 31, 2010).  The recent adverse economic conditions have contributed to a challenging operating environment and a downward trend in loan demand.  However, the shift in loan concentration is primarily attributed to successful efforts to further diversify the Company’s loan portfolio.  The Company’s primary focus was to reduce high risk loan concentration levels and grow other loan categories mainly by exploring new niche lending opportunities.

 

Gross loans decreased $250.4 million to $1.78 billion at December 31, 2009. The decline was driven by customer paydowns in each major category of the portfolio outpacing new loan demand and the increased level of charge-offs.  Loan generation slowed in 2009 as businesses de-leveraged their balance sheets and accumulated cash reserves in response to economic factors.  The decrease in total loans was equally shared between the Colorado and Arizona markets.

 

Under state law, the aggregate amount of loans we can make to one borrower is generally limited to 15% of our unimpaired capital, surplus, undivided profits and allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2010, our individual legal lending limit was $38.7 million. The Bank’s Board of Directors has established an internal lending limit of $15.0 million for normal credit extensions and $20.0 million for the highest rated credit types. To accommodate customers whose financing needs exceed our internal lending limits and to address portfolio concentration concerns, we sell loan participations to outside participants. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the outstanding balance of loan participations sold by us was $18.4 million and $30.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had loan participations purchased from other banks totaling $43.3 million and $37.3 million, respectively. We use the same analysis in deciding whether or not to purchase a participation in a loan as we would in deciding whether to originate the same loan.

 

Due to the nature of our business as a commercial banking institution, our lending relationships are typically larger than those of a retail bank. The following table describes the number of relationships and the percentage of the dollar value of the loan portfolio by the size of the credit relationship.

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Number of

 

% of

 

Number of

 

% of

 

Number of

 

% of

 

Credit Relationships

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Relationships

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Greater than $6.0 million

 

29

 

14.6

%

28

 

13.6

%

32

 

13.7

%

$3.0 million to $6.0 million

 

71

 

17.6

%

85

 

19.6

%

101

 

20.7

%

$1.0 million to $3.0 million

 

311

 

32.5

%

347

 

33.4

%

385

 

33.2

%

$0.5 million to $1.0 million

 

359

 

15.9

%

374

 

14.7

%

427

 

14.8

%

Less than $0.5 million

 

4,397

 

19.4

%

4,565

 

18.7

%

4,701

 

17.6

%

 

 

5,167

 

100.0

%

5,399

 

100.0

%

5,646

 

100.0

%

 

The majority of the loan relationships exceeding $3.0 million are in our real estate and commercial portfolios.  At December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, there were no concentrations of loans related to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans. The Company may be subject to additional regulatory supervisory oversight if its concentration in commercial real estate lending exceeds regulatory parameters.  Pursuant to interagency guidance issued by the Federal Reserve and other federal banking agencies, supervisory criteria were put in place to define commercial real estate concentrations as:

 

·                  Construction, land development and other land loans that represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or

·                 Commercial real estate loans (as defined in the guidance) that represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the real estate portfolio has increased more than 50% or more during the prior 36 months.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had reduced its exposure to commercial real estate lending below the parameters discussed above.  However, at December 31, 2009, the Company was considered to have a commercial real estate concentration.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various types of transactions that include commitments to extend credit. We apply the same credit standards to these commitments as we apply to our other lending activities and have included these commitments in our lending risk evaluations. Our exposure to credit loss under commitments to extend credit is represented by the amount of these commitments. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion on our commitments.

 

Commercial Loans. Commercial loans increased $5.5 million, or 1.0%, from $559.6 million at December 31, 2009 to $564.9 million at December 31, 2010. Commercial lending consists of loans to small and medium-sized businesses in a wide variety of industries. We provide a broad range of commercial loans, including lines of credit for working capital purposes and term loans for the acquisition of equipment and other purposes. Commercial loans are generally collateralized by inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, real estate and other commercial assets, and may be supported by other credit enhancements such as personal guarantees. However, where warranted by the overall financial condition of the borrower, loans may be unsecured and based on the cash flow of the business. Terms of commercial loans generally range from one to five years, and the majority of such loans have floating interest rates.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, segregated by the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS).

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

% of Commercial

 

 

 

% of Commercial

 

 

 

% of Commercial

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Balance

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Manufacturing

 

$

86,692

 

15.3

%

$

76,832

 

13.7

%

$

98,486

 

15.2

%

Finance and insurance

 

77,198

 

13.7

%

78,302

 

14.0

%

84,028

 

13.0

%

Health care

 

70,685

 

12.5

%

63,508

 

11.4

%

69,060

 

10.6

%

Real estate services

 

79,143

 

14.0

%

79,454

 

14.2

%

85,917

 

13.3

%

Construction

 

51,404

 

9.1

%

53,240

 

9.5

%

60,500

 

9.3

%

Retail trade

 

26,875

 

4.8

%

33,687

 

6.0

%

33,933

 

5.2

%

Wholesale trade

 

53,514

 

9.5

%

54,175

 

9.7

%

73,600

 

11.3

%

All other

 

119,634

 

21.2

%

120,414

 

21.5

%

143,444

 

22.1

%

 

 

$

565,145

 

100.0

%

$

559,612

 

100.0

%

$

648,968

 

100.0

%

 

Real Estate Mortgage Loans. Real estate mortgage loans decreased $48.8 million, or 5.9%, from $832.5 million at December 31, 2009 to $784.0 million at December 31, 2010. Real estate mortgage loans include various types of loans for which we hold real property as collateral. We generally restrict commercial real estate lending activity to owner-occupied properties or to investor properties that are owned by customers with which we have a current banking relationship. We make commercial real estate loans at both fixed and floating interest rates, with maturities generally ranging from five to 20 years. The Bank’s underwriting standards generally require that a commercial real estate loan not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. In addition, we originate Small Business Administration 504 loans (SBA) on owner-occupied properties with maturities of up to 25 years in which the SBA allows for financing of up to 90% of the project cost and takes a security position that is subordinated to us, as well as U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Rural Development loans.

 

The properties securing the Company’s real estate mortgage loan portfolio are located primarily in the states of Colorado and Arizona.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, 59% and 57%, respectively, of the Company’s outstanding real estate mortgage loans were in the Colorado market.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s real estate mortgage portfolio, segregated by property type.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

%

 

Balance

 

%

 

Balance

 

 %

 

Residential & commercial owner-occupied

 

$

431,935

 

55.1

%

$

461,822

 

55.5

%

$

482,713

 

55.5

%

Residential & commercial investor

 

351,740

 

44.9

%

370,687

 

44.5

%

387,549

 

44.5

%

 

 

$

783,675

 

100.0

%

$

832,509

 

100.0

%

$

870,262

 

100.0

%

 

Land Acquisition and Development Loans.  Land acquisition and development loans decreased $68.8 million, or 45.1%, from $152.7 million at December 31, 2009 to $83.9 million at December 31, 2010. We have a portfolio of loans for the acquisition and development of land for residential building projects. Due to overall market illiquidity and the significant value declines on raw land, the Company has ceased lending activities for the acquisition and future development of land. However, the Company may still pursue loans secured by finished lots that are prepared to enter the construction phase. Land acquisition and development loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy.  The Company continued its focus on reducing its exposure to this portfolio in 2010.  This portfolio has been continuously decreasing since 2006, when it comprised 14.3% or $218.6 million of the total loan portfolio.  The properties securing the land acquisition and development portfolio are generally located in the states of Arizona and Colorado.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the majority (approximately 60%) of the loans were generated in the Colorado market.

 

Real Estate Construction Loans. Real estate construction loans decreased $57.2 million, or 39.7%, from $144.1 million at December 31, 2009 to $86.9 million at December 31, 2010. We originate loans to finance construction projects involving one- to four-family residences. We provide financing to residential developers that we believe have demonstrated a favorable record of accurately projecting completion dates and budgeting expenses. We provide loans for the construction of both pre-sold projects and projects built prior to the location of a specific buyer (Speculative loan), although Speculative loans are provided on a more selective basis. Residential construction loans are due upon the sale of the completed project and are generally collateralized by first liens on the real estate and have floating interest rates. In addition, these loans are generally secured by personal guarantees to provide an additional source of repayment. We generally require a permanent financing commitment or prequalification be in place before we make a residential construction loan. Moreover, we generally monitor construction draws monthly and inspect property to ensure that construction is progressing as projected. Our underwriting standards generally require that the principal amount of a speculative loan be no more than 75% of the appraised value of the completed construction project or 80% of pre-sold projects. Values are determined primarily by approved independent appraisers.  With the deep valuation declines in the real estate markets during recent years, the Company has become very selective in the extension of credit for new construction projects.

 

We also originate loans to finance the construction of multi-family, office, industrial, retail and tax credit projects. These projects are predominantly owned by the user of the property, or are sponsored by financially strong developers who maintain an ongoing banking relationship with us. Our underwriting standards generally require that the principal amount of these loans be no more than 75% of the appraised value. Values are determined primarily by approved independent appraisers. The properties securing the Company’s real estate loan portfolio are generally located in the states of Arizona and Colorado.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the majority (63% and 60%, respectively) of the Company’s real estate construction loans were generated in the Colorado market.

 

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans increased $18.5 million, or 24.3%, from $76.1 million at December 31, 2009 to $94.6 million at December 31, 2010. We provide a broad range of consumer loans to customers, including personal lines of credit, home equity loans and automobile loans. In order to improve customer service, continuity and customer retention, the same loan officer often services the banking relationships of both the business and business owners or management. In 2010, the Company introduced a new product line, jumbo mortgage loans.  This residential mortgage financing program offers competitive pricing and terms for the purchase, refinance or permanent financing for non-conforming mortgage loans, which generally exceed $417,000.  For primary residences, the maximum loan-to-value is 70% for loans up to $1.5 million.  The loan-to-value decreases as the size of the loan increases, with a maximum loan-to-value of 50% on loans in excess of $3.0 million. In addition, we generally only finance

 

43



Table of Contents

 

3/1, 5/1, and 7/1 adjustable-rate mortgage loans and broker 15- and 30-year fixed products. Jumbo mortgage loans at December 31, 2010, totaled $24.9 million or 26.3% of the consumer loan portfolio.

 

Nonperforming Assets

 

Our nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans, restructured loans, loans past due 90 days or more, OREO and other repossessed assets. Nonaccrual loans are those loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued. Impaired loans are defined as loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement (all of which were on a non-accrual basis). The following table sets forth information with respect to these assets at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Nonperforming loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing interest

 

$

202

 

$

509

 

$

1,292

 

$

2,208

 

$

990

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

8,722

 

12,696

 

9,312

 

758

 

147

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

8,446

 

18,832

 

3,481

 

84

 

103

 

Land acquisition & development

 

9,690

 

34,033

 

16,097

 

 

 

Real estate - construction

 

12,614

 

9,632

 

9,595

 

360

 

85

 

Consumer and other

 

3,060

 

3,496

 

1,301

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans

 

42,532

 

78,689

 

39,786

 

1,202

 

335

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

42,734

 

79,198

 

41,078

 

3,410

 

1,325

 

OREO and repossessed assets

 

25,095

 

25,318

 

5,941

 

90

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

67,829

 

$

104,516

 

$

47,019

 

$

3,500

 

$

1,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

65,892

 

$

75,116

 

$

42,851

 

$

20,043

 

$

17,871

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

61

 

155

 

259

 

576

 

576

 

Allowance for loan and credit losses

 

$

65,953

 

$

75,271

 

$

43,110

 

$

20,619

 

$

18,447

 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

 

2.83

%

4.24

%

1.75

%

0.15

%

0.06

%

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans

 

2.60

%

4.44

%

2.02

%

0.18

%

0.09

%

Ratio of nonperforming loans and OREO to total loans and OREO

 

4.06

%

5.78

%

2.31

%

0.19

%

0.09

%

Ratio of allowance for loan and credit losses to total loans

 

4.01

%

4.23

%

2.12

%

1.12

%

1.19

%

Ratio of allowance for loan and credit losses to nonperforming loans

 

154.33

%

97.28

%

104.95

%

604.69

%

1392.30

%

 

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of interest is doubtful. A delinquent loan is generally placed on nonaccrual status when it becomes 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued and unpaid interest on the loan is reversed and deducted from earnings as a reduction of reported interest income. No additional interest is accrued on the loan balance until the collection of both principal and interest becomes reasonably certain. When the issues relating to a nonaccrual loan are finally resolved, there may ultimately be an actual write-down or charge-off of the principal balance of the loan, which may necessitate additional charges to earnings. Restructured loans are those for which concessions, including the reduction of interest rates below a rate otherwise available to the borrower, or the reduction of interest or principal, have been granted due to the borrower’s weakened financial condition. Interest on restructured loans is accrued at the restructured rates when it is anticipated that no loss of original principal will occur. Interest income that would have been recorded had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms during 2010, 2009 and 2008, was $1.6 million, $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively.  OREO represents real property taken by the Bank either through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu thereof from the borrower. Repossessed assets include vehicles and other commercial assets acquired under agreements with delinquent borrowers.  Subsequent to acquisition at fair value, repossessed assets and OREO are carried at the lesser of cost or fair market value, less selling costs.  See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion on the valuation of OREO assets.

 

Nonperforming assets decreased $36.7 million to $67.8 million at December 31, 2010, from $104.5 million at December 31, 2009.  The following table summarizes nonperforming assets by type and market.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total in

 

NPAs as a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total in

 

NPAs as a

 

(in thousands)

 

Colorado

 

Arizona

 

Total

 

category

 

% of Loans

 

Colorado

 

Arizona

 

Total

 

category

 

% of Loans

 

Commercial

 

$

4,941

 

$

3,848

 

$

8,789

 

565,145

 

1.56

%

$

8,658

 

$

4,537

 

$

13,195

 

559,612

 

2.36

%

Real estate - mortgage

 

1,768

 

6,678

 

8,446

 

783,675

 

1.08

%

9,000

 

9,832

 

18,832

 

832,123

 

2.26

%

Land acquisition & development

 

1,034

 

8,791

 

9,825

 

83,871

 

11.71

%

17,358

 

16,675

 

34,033

 

152,667

 

22.29

%

Real estate - construction

 

12,614

 

 

12,614

 

86,862

 

14.52

%

3,900

 

5,732

 

9,632

 

144,455

 

6.67

%

Consumer

 

686

 

2,374

 

3,060

 

94,607

 

3.23

%

905

 

252

 

1,157

 

76,103

 

1.52

%

Other loans

 

 

 

 

29,567

 

0.00

%

 

2,349

 

2,349

 

17,726

 

13.25

%

OREO and repossessed assets

 

12,646

 

12,449

 

25,095

 

25,095

 

NA

 

15,169

 

10,149

 

25,318

 

25,318

 

NA

 

Nonperforming assets

 

$

33,689

 

$

34,140

 

$

67,829

 

$

1,668,822

 

4.06

%

$

54,990

 

$

49,526

 

$

104,516

 

$

1,808,004

 

5.78

%

 

The $25.1 million OREO balance at December 31, 2010 is comprised of 29 properties, with the largest property having a fair value of $7.9 million.  In addition to the nonperforming assets described above, the Company had 184 customer relationships considered by management to be potential problem loans with outstanding principal of approximately $123.8 million. A potential problem loan is one as to which management has concerns about the borrower’s future performance under the terms of the loan contract. For our protection, management monitors these loans closely. These loans are current as to the principal and interest and, accordingly, are not included in the nonperforming asset categories. However, further deterioration may result in the loan being classified as nonperforming. The level of potential problem loans is factored into the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

Analysis of Allowance for Loan and Credit Losses. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s recognition of the risks of extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The allowance is maintained to provide for probable credit losses related to specifically identified loans and for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that have been incurred at the balance sheet date. The allowance is based on various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including a review of problem loans, business conditions, historical loss experience, evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral, and holding and disposal costs. The allowance is increased additional charges to operating income and reduced by loans charged off, net of recoveries.

 

The allowance for credit losses represents management’s recognition of a separate reserve for off-balance sheet loan commitments and letters of credit. While the allowance for loan losses is recorded as a contra-asset to the loan portfolio on the consolidated balance sheets, the allowance for credit losses is recorded in Accrued Interest and Other Liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Although the allowances are presented separately on the consolidated balance sheets, any losses incurred from credit losses would be reported as a charge-off in the allowance for loan losses, since any loss would be recorded after the off-balance sheet commitment had been funded. Due to the relationship of these allowances, as extensions of credit underwritten through a comprehensive risk analysis, information on both the allowance for loan and credit losses positions is presented in the following table.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Balance of allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

 

$

75,116

 

$

42,851

 

$

20,043

 

$

17,871

 

$

16,906

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

8,357

 

14,991

 

2,194

 

1,803

 

278

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

11,490

 

8,118

 

 

 

 

Land acquisition & development

 

23,077

 

44,569

 

11,726

 

 

 

Real estate - construction

 

6,181

 

6,732

 

2,823

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1,079

 

2,081

 

364

 

30

 

34

 

Other

 

443

 

86

 

37

 

5

 

8

 

Total charge-offs

 

50,627

 

76,577

 

17,144

 

1,838

 

320

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

2,361

 

1,989

 

42

 

56

 

487

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

451

 

75

 

7

 

 

25

 

Land acquisition & development

 

2,662

 

776

 

 

 

 

Real estate - construction

 

655

 

131

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

134

 

36

 

103

 

18

 

7

 

Other

 

13

 

20

 

4

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

6,276

 

3,027

 

156

 

74

 

519

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

(44,351

)

(73,550

)

(16,988

)

(1,764

)

199

 

Provision for loan losses charged to operations

 

35,127

 

105,815

 

39,796

 

3,936

 

766

 

Balance of allowance for loan losses at end of period

 

$

65,892

 

$

75,116

 

$

42,851

 

$

20,043

 

$

17,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance of allowance for credit losses at beginning of period

 

$

155

 

$

259

 

$

576

 

$

576

 

$

 

Provision (credit) for credit losses charged to operations

 

(94

)

(104

)

(317

)

 

576

 

Balance of allowance for credit losses at end of period

 

$

61

 

$

155

 

$

259

 

$

576

 

$

576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and credit losses charged to operations

 

$

35,033

 

$

105,711

 

$

39,479

 

$

3,936

 

$

1,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

 

2.62

%

3.78

%

0.87

%

0.11

%

(0.01

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average loans outstanding during the period

 

$

1,693,546

 

$

1,948,120

 

$

1,944,728

 

$

1,665,379

 

$

1,446,964

 

 

Additions to the allowances for loan and credit losses, which are charged as expenses on our consolidated statements of operations, are made periodically to maintain the allowances at the appropriate level, based on our analysis of the potential risk in the loan and commitment portfolios. Loans charged off, net of amounts recovered from previously charged off loans, reduce the allowance for loan losses. The amount of the allowance is a function of the levels of loans outstanding, the level of nonperforming loans, historical loan loss experience, amount of loan losses charged against the reserve during a given period and current economic conditions. Federal regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, review our loans and allowance for loan and credit losses. We believe that our allowance for loan and credit losses is adequate to cover anticipated loan and credit losses. However, management may determine a need to increase the allowances for loan and credit losses, or regulators, when reviewing the Bank’s loan and commitment portfolio in the future, may request the Bank increase such allowances. Either of these events could adversely affect our earnings. Further, there can be no assurance that actual loan and credit losses will not exceed the allowances for loan and credit losses.

 

The allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) specific reserves determined in accordance with ASC Topic 310 — Receivables (formerly FAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ) based on probable losses on specific loans; (ii) general reserves determined in accordance with guidance in ASC Topic 450 — Contingencies (formerly SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies), based on historical loan loss experience adjusted for other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company; and (iii) unallocated reserves.

 

The methodology used in the periodic review of reserve adequacy, which is performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in actual and expected credit losses. These changes are reflected in both the general and unallocated reserves. The historical loss ratios and

 

46



Table of Contents

 

estimated risk factors related to segmenting our loan portfolio, which are key considerations in this analysis, are updated quarterly and are weighted more heavily for recent economic conditions. The review of reserve adequacy is performed by executive management and presented to the Audit Committee quarterly for its review and consideration. For additional information on the Company’s methodology for estimated the allowance for loan and credit losses, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The table below provides an allocation of the allowance for loan and credit losses by loan and commitment type; however, allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in

 

 

 

Loans in

 

 

 

Loans in

 

 

 

Loans in

 

 

 

Loans in

 

 

 

 

 

category as a

 

 

 

category as a

 

 

 

category as a

 

 

 

category as a

 

 

 

category as a

 

 

 

Amount of

 

% of total

 

Amount of

 

% of total

 

Amount of

 

% of total

 

Amount of

 

% of total

 

Amount of

 

% of total

 

(in thousands)

 

allowance

 

gross loans

 

allowance

 

gross loans

 

allowance

 

gross loans

 

allowance

 

gross loans

 

allowance

 

gross loans

 

Commercial

 

$

17,169

 

34.4

%

$

15,733

 

31.4

%

$

13,190

 

31.9

%

$

8,015

 

31.2

%

$

7,162

 

31.2

%

Real estate - mortgage

 

17,677

 

47.7

%

14,535

 

46.7

%

11,209

 

42.8

%

3,406

 

39.4

%

3,190

 

36.9

%

Land acquisition & development

 

14,938

 

5.1

%

30,097

 

8.6

%

9,098

 

10.9

%

4,516

 

12.8

%

2,668

 

14.2

%

Real estate - construction

 

6,296

 

5.3

%

5,700

 

8.1

%

6,714

 

9.5

%

2,792

 

11.9

%

2,617

 

13.2

%

Consumer

 

3,373

 

5.8

%

2,143

 

4.3

%

1,404

 

4.3

%

710

 

3.9

%

652

 

3.8

%

Other

 

354

 

1.7

%

419

 

0.9

%

 

0.6

%

 

0.8

%

35

 

0.8

%

Unallocated

 

6,085

 

0.0

%

6,489

 

0.0

%

1,236

 

0.0

%

604

 

0.0

%

1,547

 

0.0

%

Off-balance sheet commitments

 

61

 

0.0

%

155

 

0.0

%

259

 

0.0

%

576

 

0.0

%

576

 

0.0

%

Total

 

$

65,953

 

100.0

%

$

75,271

 

100.0

%

$

43,110

 

100.0

%

$

20,619

 

100.0

%

$

18,447

 

100.0

%

 

We believe that any allocation of the allowance into categories creates an appearance of precision that does not exist. The allocation table should not be interpreted as an indication of the specific amounts, by loan classification, to be charged to the allowance. We believe that the table is a useful device for assessing the adequacy of the allowance as a whole. The allowance is utilized as a single unallocated allowance available for all loans.

 

The land acquisition and development portfolio has been identified by the Company as a higher-risk loan category.  Due to overall market illiquidity and the significant value declines on raw land, the Company has ceased lending activities for the acquisition and future development of land. The quality of this category is highly dependent on property values both in terms of the likelihood of repayment once the property is transacted by the current owner as well as the level of collateral the Company has securing the loan in the event of default.  Loans in this category are characterized by the speculative nature of commercial and residential development properties and can include property in various stages of development from raw land to finished lots.  Management relies heavily on recent loss experience in determining risk in the category which it believes provides a more accurate gauge of actual risk given the negative trends in the current economic cycle.

 

Economic conditions that began to deteriorate in late 2007 worsened in 2008 with high profile bankruptcies, government-orchestrated mergers and a freeze in the credit markets.  Conditions continued to worsen in 2009 with broad economic declines, historically high unemployment rates, continued devaluation of real estate and severe credit defaults.  In 2010, the slight economic recovery was reflected in the financial industry’s overall performance as quarterly provision levels reached the lowest level since the fourth quarter in 2007.  Additionally, year-over-year quarterly earnings improved during 2010.  Overall nonaccrual loan balances for the industry started declining in the second quarter of 2010 resulting in lower levels of net charge-offs in most loan categories.

 

The provision for loan and credit losses of the Company decreased $70.7 million to $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $105.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In 2010, net charge-offs exceeded provision for loan and credit losses by $9.3 million while in 2009 the Company provided $32.2 million more in provision for loan and credit losses than net charge-offs.  The decreasing provision levels during 2010 are primarily the result of improved asset quality.  The Company’s allowance for loan and credit losses to total loans was 4.01% and 4.23% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The allowance for loan and credit losses to nonperforming loans increased from 97.28% at December 31, 2009, to 154.33% at December 31, 2010.  We believe that our allowance for loan and credit losses is adequate to cover anticipated loan and credit losses.  However, due to

 

47



Table of Contents

 

changes in the factors considered by management in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan and credit losses, it is possible management may determine a need to increase the allowance for loan and credit losses.  Such determination could have an adverse effect in the level of future loan and credit loss provisions and the Company’s earnings.

 

Investments

 

Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of securities issued by government-sponsored entities or securities rated “A-” or better by various nationally recognized rating agencies, with the majority of the portfolio either maturing or repricing within one to five years. Our practice is to purchase primarily U.S. government agency-backed mortgages and debentures. Our investment strategies are reviewed in bi-monthly meetings of the Asset-Liability Management Committee.

 

Our mortgage-backed securities are typically classified as available for sale. Our goals with respect to the securities portfolio are to:

 

·      Maximize safety and soundness;

·      Provide adequate liquidity;

·      Maximize rate of return within the constraints of applicable liquidity requirements; and

·      Complement asset/liability management strategies.

 

The following table sets forth the book value of the securities in our investment portfolio by type at the dates indicated.  See Note 3 to the Consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

408,239

 

$

403,215

 

$

438,188

 

U.S. government agencies

 

80,619

 

56,453

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

88,308

 

34,781

 

22,750

 

Corporate debt securities

 

59,595

 

32,641

 

13,429

 

Municipal securities

 

945

 

2,417

 

2,515

 

Other investments

 

6,962

 

16,473

 

23,566

 

Total

 

$

644,668

 

$

545,980

 

$

500,448

 

 

At December 31, 2010, investments represented 26.92% of total assets compared to 22.14% a year earlier.  During 2010, investments, net of unrealized gains on available for sale securities, increased $98.7 million to $644.7 million from $546.0 million at December 31, 2009.  During 2010, the Company purchased $405.1 million of securities.  The purchases were composed primarily of $164.6 million in government agencies; $149.2 million in mortgage-backed securities; $53.1 million in trust preferred securities; and $29.3 million in corporate bond securities.  The increase from security purchases was offset by $290.0 million in maturities and principal pay downs; and $0.4 million in security sales.  Available for sale securities had a net unrealized gain of $11.4 million at December 31, 2010, a $0.6 million decrease from the net unrealized gain of $12.0 million at December 31, 2009.

 

During 2009, the Company purchased $152.1 million of securities.  The purchases included government agencies, mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities and corporate bond securities.  The increase from security purchases was offset by $109.4 million in maturities and principal pay downs; and $2.2 million in security sales.  During 2009, the net unrealized gain increased $14.7 million from the net unrealized loss of $2.7 million at December 31, 2008.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company’s securities in a temporary unrealized loss position consisted primarily of mortgage-backed and trust preferred securities.  The fair value of these securities is expected to recover as the securities approach their stated maturity or repricing date.  The trust preferred securities are all single issuer securities that have been impacted by the overall decrease in the financial services market.

 

48



Table of Contents


For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company had other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) on investment securities of $0.6 million compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The 2010 OTTI of $0.4 million related to three private-label mortgage-backed securities.  The 2009 OTTI of $2.3 million was comprised of $1.3 million of credit related OTTI on two private-label mortgage-backed securities and $1.0 million was on two single issuer trust preferred securities intended to be sold.

 

During 2010, other investments decreased $9.5 million primarily due to a $9.4 million FHLB stock sale and a FRB stock sale of $0.3 million, offset by FHLB stock dividends of $0.2 million. The Company’s investment in FHLB stock is primarily related to maintaining a borrowing base with the FHLB.  As the Company’s liquidity position has improved, the need for a large borrowing base has decreased and the excess stock was redeemed by the FHLB.  To the extent that the Company’s need for wholesale funding increases, the Company may purchase additional stock in the future.

 

During 2009, other investments decreased $7.1 million primarily due to FHLB stock sales of $7.9 million offset by FHLB stock dividends of $0.2 million and FRB stock purchases of $0.5 million.  The Company sold FHLB stock in 2009 due to an increased liquidity position that did not require as large a borrowing base as in prior years.

 

The following table sets forth the book value, maturity or repricing frequency and approximate yield of the securities in our investment portfolio at December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

Maturity or Repricing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within 1 year

 

1 - 5 years

 

5 - 10 years

 

Over 10 years

 

Total book value

 

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Amount

 

Yield (1)

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

81,574

 

3.43

%

$

200,846

 

4.45

%

$

35,560

 

3.49

%

$

90,259

 

4.55

%

$

408,239

 

4.18

%

U.S. government agencies

 

 

0.00

%

75,613

 

1.73

%

5,006

 

1.05

%

 

0.00

%

80,619

 

1.69

%

Trust preferred securities

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

88,308

 

7.08

%

88,308

 

7.08

%

Corporate debt securities

 

10,155

 

5.78

%

46,562

 

4.68

%

2,878

 

6.05

%

 

0.00

%

59,595

 

4.93

%

Municipal securities

 

330

 

4.55

%

615

 

5.81

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

945

 

5.37

%

Other investments

 

4,790

 

3.52

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

2,172

 

2.46

%

6,962

 

3.19

%

Total

 

$

96,849

 

3.68

%

$

323,636

 

3.85

%

$

43,444

 

3.38

%

$

180,739

 

5.76

%

$

644,668

 

4.33

%

 


(1) Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax-equivalent basis where applicable.

 

Excluding securities issued by government-sponsored entities, the investment portfolio at December 31, 2010, does not include any single issuer for which the aggregate carrying amount exceeds 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

 

Other Assets

 

The following table sets forth the values of our other miscellaneous assets at the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Goodwill

 

$

 

$

 

$

46,160

 

$

 

.0

%

$

(46,160

)

(100.0

)%

Intangible assets, net

 

4,119

 

4,910

 

5,704

 

(791

)

(16.1

)%

(794

)

(13.9

)%

Bank-owned life insurance

 

36,043

 

34,560

 

30,718

 

1,483

 

4.3

%

3,842

 

12.5

%

Premises and equipment, net

 

9,048

 

8,203

 

9,154

 

845

 

10.3

%

(951

)

(10.4

)%

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,081

 

8,184

 

8,617

 

(103

)

(1.3

)%

(433

)

(5.0

)%

Deferred income taxes, net

 

16,449

 

29,654

 

16,933

 

(13,205

)

(44.5

)%

12,721

 

75.1

%

Other real estate owned

 

25,095

 

25,182

 

5,941

 

(87

)

(.3

)%

19,241

 

323.9

%

Other

 

49,584

 

54,135

 

26,709

 

(4,551

)

(8.4

)%

27,426

 

102.7

%

Total

 

$

148,419

 

$

164,828

 

$

149,936

 

$

(16,409

)

(10.0

)%

$

14,892

 

9.9

%

 

Goodwill.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company conducted a detailed impairment analysis on goodwill.  The result of the review indicated an impairment of goodwill and at March 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009, impairment charges totaling $46.2 million were recorded, eliminating all

 

49



Table of Contents

 

goodwill from the consolidated balance sheets of the Company.  See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the analysis.

 

Intangible Assets.  Intangible assets at December 31, 2010, represent client relationship lists and employee non-compete agreements.  During 2009, the Company recorded a $0.1 million impairment on a non-amortizing tradename intangible asset.  An additional charge of $0.1 million was recorded during 2010 to eliminate the remaining value of the tradename asset in conjunction with the Wagner merger into ACMG.  During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, $0.6 million and $0.7 million of intangible asset amortization was recognized, exclusive of the impairment charges.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI).  BOLI increased $1.5 million to $36.0 million at December 31, 2010, due to growth in the cash surrender value of the policies.  BOLI increased $3.8 million to $34.6 million at December 31, 2009, due to the $2.7 million purchase of additional policies and growth in the cash surrender value of the policies.

 

Deferred Income Taxes, net. The decrease of $13.2 million in net deferred income tax assets was primarily the result of a valuation allowance charge of $15.6 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010.  See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the valuation allowance.

 

The increase in deferred income taxes of $12.7 million to $29.7 million at December 31, 2009 was primarily the result of the tax effect of the provision for loan losses net of charge offs, accounting for approximately $12.2 million of the change.  The goodwill impairment charges mentioned above as well as amortizing relationship intangibles also contributed approximately $4.6 million to the net deferred tax asset increase during 2009 as a certain components of goodwill were tax deductible.  Increases were offset by other transactions including OTTI charges, amortization of deferred loan fees, changes in OCI related to the available for sale securities and derivative portfolios.

 

Other Real Estate Owned.  OREO at December 31, 2010, of $25.1 million was relatively unchanged compared to OREO of $25.2 million at December 31, 2009.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded initial investments in OREO property of $20.6 million, recognized valuation adjustments through current earnings of $7.4 million and sold properties with a carrying value of $13.3 million.  At December 31, 2010, the value of OREO properties were evenly distributed between Arizona and Colorado.

 

OREO increased $19.2 million to $25.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.  Foreclosures increased during 2009 as negative economic trends impacted our borrowers as well as continued declines in real estate values impacted the valuations of real estate collateral.  At December 31, 2009, the Company’s recorded investment in OREO was distributed between its two operating markets, with approximately $10.0 million and $15.2 million in Arizona and Colorado, respectively.

 

Other Assets.  Other assets decreased $4.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, to $49.6 million.  The decrease primarily related to a decline in income tax receivables due to the collection of refunds and a decline in the one-time prepaid FDIC assessment paid in 2009 and that is amortizing through 2012. These declines were offset by increase in restricted cash placed as collateral with correspondent banks relating to letters of credit issued on behalf of our customers.

 

Other assets increased $27.4 million to $54.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.  The primary drivers of the increase related to prepaid FDIC assessments of $10.3 million, net change in income taxes receivable of $12.3 million and $7.4 million of restricted cash collateral relating to letters of credit issued on behalf of our clients.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Deposits

 

Our primary source of funds has historically been customer deposits. We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short- and long-term deposits. These accounts include certificates of deposit (CDs), money market accounts, Eurodollar sweep accounts, savings accounts, checking and NOW accounts, and individual retirement accounts. At December 31, 2010, noninterest-bearing deposits increased $138.8 million or 25.6% to $681.5 million compared to the prior year ending balance.  Growth in this deposit class has increased $227.8 million or 50.2% since December 31, 2008.  We believe we receive a large amount of noninterest-bearing deposits because we provide customers the option of paying for treasury management services in cash or by maintaining additional noninterest-bearing account balances.  The Company’s noninterest-bearing deposits represented more than 36% of total deposits at December 31, 2010, and have been at least 27% of total core deposits in that class since the end of 2008.  The Company participated in the TLGP created by the FDIC through its expiration on December 31, 2010, which provided full coverage for noninterest-bearing deposit accounts regardless of the dollar amount.  Interest-bearing accounts earn interest at rates based on competitive market factors and our desire to increase or decrease certain types of maturities or deposits. The Company had largely exited the brokered deposit market at the end of 2010, with $0.1 million, $10.3 million and $148.1 million in brokered deposits at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Brokered deposits are considered a wholesale financing source and are used as an alternative to other short-term borrowings. The Company views its reciprocal Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ® (CDARS) accounts as customer-related deposits.  The following tables present the average balances for each major category of deposits and the weighted average interest rates paid for interest-bearing deposits for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Average

 

average

 

Average

 

average

 

Average

 

average

 

(in thousands)

 

balance

 

interest rate

 

balance

 

interest rate

 

balance

 

interest rate

 

NOW and money market

 

$

708,936

 

0.69

%

$

567,363

 

1.06

%

$

622,295

 

1.97

%

Savings

 

9,683

 

0.32

%

9,711

 

0.48

%

10,217

 

1.19

%

Eurodollar

 

111,768

 

0.92

%

105,946

 

1.23

%

108,154

 

2.02

%

Certificates of deposits

 

517,209

 

1.23

%

619,772

 

1.99

%

568,120

 

3.54

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

$

1,347,596

 

0.92

%

$

1,302,792

 

1.51

%

$

1,308,786

 

2.65

%

Noninterest-bearing demand accounts

 

591,074

 

 

486,335

 

 

434,926

 

 

Total deposits

 

$

1,938,670

 

0.64

%

$

1,789,127

 

1.10

%

$

1,743,712

 

1.99

%

 

Maturities of CDs of $100,000 and more are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

At December 31, 2010

 

Remaining maturity:

 

 

 

Less than three months

 

$

190,700

 

Three months up to six months

 

89,316

 

Six months up to one year

 

84,474

 

One year and over

 

13,980

 

Total

 

$

378,470

 

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Throughout 2010 and 2009, new and existing customers accumulated cash deposits, building their liquidity positions due to economic uncertainty.  Deposits overall decreased $79.5 million during 2010 to $1.89 billion following an increase of $329.8 million during 2009.  Certificates of deposit decreased to $429.3 million at December 31, 2010, from $599.6 million at December 31, 2009.  The impact of the decline in CDs was offset in part by the aforementioned increase of $138.8 million in noninterest-bearing deposits.  In 2008, a provision in the EESA temporarily raised the limit on federal deposit insurance coverage to at least $250,000 per depositor.  The Dodd-Frank Act made the $250,000 limit permanent, retroactive to 2008.  We believe the combined results of the higher deposit insurance limits and the deposit gathering efforts of our bankers played a significant part in the growth of the deposit base over the past two years allowing the Company to reduce its reliance on short-term borrowings and wholesale deposit arrangements.  The Dodd-Frank Act repeal of the prohibition of paying interest on demand deposits may impact the future balance of the Company’s noninterest-bearing demand and Eurodollar deposits.

 

Short-Term Borrowings

 

Our short-term borrowings include federal funds purchased, term investment option (TIO) and term auction facility (TAF) funds offered through the FRB, securities sold under agreements to repurchase which generally mature within 90 days or less, advances from the FHLB with original maturities of one year or less, and advances under a revolving credit facility. Auctions under the TIO program were halted in November 2008 as the FRB introduced a number of alternative lending programs for financial institutions.  Short-term borrowing opportunities became available under the TAF program in 2008 which the Company utilized in 2008 and 2009.  A $30.0 million revolving credit facility that originated in July 2007 was cancelled by the Company in June 2009 prior to its contractual expiration.  There was no amount drawn on the line of credit and the line was last used in December 2008.

 

The following table sets forth information relating to our short-term borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.  See the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below and Note 8 to the Consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or for the year

 

 

 

ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

12

 

$

240

 

$

38,763

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

1,186

 

15,023

 

62,836

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

4,348

 

46,028

 

157,683

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

0.75

%

0.44

%

2.03

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

1.00

%

1.00

%

0.59

%

Term investment option / Term auction facility funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

$

 

$

445,000

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

 

240,362

 

82,503

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

 

475,000

 

445,000

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

0.00

%

0.26

%

1.20

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.84

%

FHLB overnight advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

14,000

 

$

 

$

59,300

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

6,323

 

32,052

 

70,858

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

72,000

 

90,000

 

270,000

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

0.21

%

0.38

%

2.16

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.26

%

0.00

%

0.65

%

FHLB term advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

 

6,332

 

108,877

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

 

70,400

 

300,000

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

0.00

%

0.58

%

2.61

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

157,690

 

$

139,794

 

$

133,478

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

148,454

 

125,053

 

147,230

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

165,560

 

162,308

 

180,008

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

0.74

%

0.91

%

1.81

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.53

%

0.92

%

0.90

%

Revolving line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Average balance outstanding for the period

 

 

 

18,456

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end during the period

 

 

 

28,358

 

Weighted average interest rate for the period

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

3.71

%

Weighted average interest rate at period end

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

The following tables contain supplemental information on securities sold under agreements to repurchase during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.  The Company sells securities under agreements to repurchase to our customers (Customer Repurchases) as a way to enhance our customers’ interest-earning ability.  We do not consider Customer Repurchases to be a wholesale funding source but rather an additional treasury management service provided to our customer base.  Customer Repurchase liabilities fluctuate on a daily basis as customer deposit balances fluctuate.  The Company also maintains relationships with certain of its correspondent banks with which it could enter securities repurchase agreements on its own behalf. We did not enter into any transactions with our correspondent banks during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Average Balance for Quarter Ended

 

(in thousands)

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

132,258

 

$

139,383

 

$

158,954

 

$

162,771

 

2009

 

123,820

 

119,308

 

121,466

 

135,529

 

2008

 

149,753

 

155,267

 

151,276

 

132,738

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance for Quarter Ended

 

(in thousands)

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

142,944

 

$

151,623

 

$

165,560

 

$

157,690

 

2009

 

129,195

 

118,958

 

125,662

 

139,794

 

2008

 

151,680

 

131,717

 

140,264

 

133,478

 

 

 

 

Highest Monthly Balance for Quarter Ended

 

(in thousands)

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

142,944

 

$

151,623

 

$

165,560

 

$

159,481

 

2009

 

129,195

 

123,007

 

130,155

 

162,308

 

2008

 

155,124

 

180,008

 

149,738

 

133,478

 

 

Long-Term Debt

 

The following table sets forth information relating to our subordinated debentures and notes payable.

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Junior subordinated debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Statutory Trust I

 

$

20,619

 

$

20,619

 

$

20,619

 

CoBiz Capital Trust II

 

30,928

 

30,928

 

30,928

 

CoBiz Capital Trust III

 

20,619

 

20,619

 

20,619

 

Total Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

$

72,166

 

$

72,166

 

$

72,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

$

20,984

 

$

20,984

 

$

20,984

 

 

For a discussion of long-term debt and for certain financial information for each issuance, see Note 9 to the Consolidated financial statements.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain information related to our results of operations, followed by discussion of the major components of our revenues, expense and performance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME STATEMENT DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

115,979

 

$

129,450

 

$

144,908

 

$

(13,471

)

(10.4

)%

$

(15,458

)

(10.7

)%

Interest expense

 

19,148

 

26,066

 

49,557

 

(6,918

)

(26.5

)%

(23,491

)

(47.4

)%

NET INTEREST INCOME BEFORE PROVISION

 

96,831

 

103,384

 

95,351

 

(6,553

)

(6.3

)%

8,033

 

8.4

%

Provision for loan losses

 

35,127

 

105,815

 

39,796

 

(70,688

)

(66.8

)%

66,019

 

165.9

%

NET INTEREST INCOME (LOSS) AFTER PROVISION

 

61,704

 

(2,431

)

55,555

 

64,135

 

2,638.2

%

(57,986

)

(104.4

)%

Noninterest income

 

35,008

 

27,627

 

35,778

 

7,381

 

26.7

%

(8,151

)

(22.8

)%

Noninterest expense

 

109,112

 

95,250

 

89,717

 

13,862

 

14.6

%

5,533

 

6.2

%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

46,160

 

 

(46,160

)

(100.0

)%

46,160

 

.0

%

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

(12,400

)

(116,214

)

1,616

 

103,814

 

89.3

%

(117,830

)

NM

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

10,028

 

(32,859

)

(91

)

42,887

 

130.5

%

(32,768

)

NM

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

(22,428

)

(83,355

)

1,707

 

60,927

 

73.1

%

(85,062

)

NM

 

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(209

)

314

 

(379

)

(523

)

(166.6

)%

693

 

(182.8

)%

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COBIZ FINANCIAL

 

$

(22,637

)

$

(83,041

)

$

1,328

 

$

60,404

 

72.7

%

$

(84,369

)

NM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share - basic

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share - diluted

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NM - Not Meaningful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Performance. Net loss was $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to net loss of $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, and net income of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Net loss for 2010 improved by $60.4 million over the prior year, driven by lower provision for loan losses and goodwill impairment charges and higher noninterest income.  Stabilization and improvement in the Company’s overall asset quality are reflected in the current year provision for loan losses of $35.1 million, of which $24.3 million was recorded in the first half of 2010. The provision for loan losses in 2010 was significantly lower than the $105.8 million recorded in 2009 and lower than the $39.8 million recorded in 2008.  Noninterest income increased $7.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009 and was largely due to the Company’s Investment Banking segment.  Performance improvements were offset by a non-cash deferred tax valuation charge of $15.6 million, declines in net interest income and higher noninterest expense.  Noninterest expense increased $13.9 million in 2010 compared to 2009 and was largely attributed to salaries and employee benefits, losses on securities, OREO and other assets and loan workout expenses.  The 2009 net loss is primarily attributable to an increase of $66.0 million in the provision for loan losses, goodwill impairment of $46.2 million and $5.5 million in noninterest expense offset by an increase of $32.8 million in benefit for income taxes.

 

Reported loss per common share on a diluted basis for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $(0.72) compared to a loss per diluted common share of $(2.98) for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Loss per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2009, declined by $3.03 from earnings per diluted common share of $0.05 in 2008.

 

Issuance of 13,205,600 shares of common stock impacted the 2009 loss per diluted common share.  The Company completed an underwritten public offering of 12,670,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in July 2009 and subsequently issued an additional 535,600 shares of common stock for the purpose of fulfilling underwriter purchase options in August 2009.

 

Net Interest Income. The largest component of our net income is our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income, principally from loans and investment securities, and interest expense, principally on customer deposits and borrowings. Changes in net interest income result from changes in volume, net interest spread and net interest margin. Volume refers to the average dollar levels of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest spread refers to the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin refers to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets and is influenced by the level and relative mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

As the majority of our assets are interest-earning and our liabilities are interest-bearing, changes in interest rates may impact our net interest margin. The Federal Open Markets Committee (“FOMC”) uses the federal funds rate, which is the interest rate used by banks to lend to each other, to influence interest rates and the national economy. Changes in the federal funds rate have a direct correlation to changes in the prime rate, the underlying index for most of the variable-rate loans issued by the Company.  In September 2007, the FOMC began lowering its target for the federal funds rate and continued lowering the target through December 2008 by which time it had reduced the target rate by 500 basis points to a range of 0-25 basis points, a target range still in effect at December 31, 2010.

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain information related to our average asset and liability structure and our average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities. Such yields are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Average

 

 

 

Interest

 

Average

 

 

 

Interest

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

earned

 

yield

 

Average

 

earned

 

yield

 

Average

 

earned

 

yield

 

(in thousands)

 

balance

 

or paid

 

or cost (1)

 

balance

 

or paid

 

or cost (1)

 

balance

 

or paid

 

or cost (1)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and other

 

$

44,995

 

$

182

 

0.40

%

$

13,011

 

$

105

 

0.81

%

$

7,958

 

$

274

 

3.44

%

Investment securities (3)

 

557,673

 

22,235

 

3.99

%

482,859

 

24,107

 

4.99

%

427,902

 

22,298

 

5.21

%

Loans (2), (3)

 

1,693,546

 

94,063

 

5.55

%

1,948,120

 

105,965

 

5.44

%

1,944,728

 

123,055

 

6.33

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(70,516

)

 

 

 

 

(67,862

)

 

 

 

 

(25,750

)

 

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

2,225,698

 

116,480

 

5.06

%

2,376,128

 

130,177

 

5.32

%

2,354,838

 

145,627

 

6.11

%

Noninterest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

37,882

 

 

 

 

 

37,473

 

 

 

 

 

44,846

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

170,422

 

 

 

 

 

143,105

 

 

 

 

 

130,217

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

2,434,002

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,556,706

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,529,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market

 

$

708,936

 

$

4,910

 

0.69

%

$

567,363

 

$

6,011

 

1.06

%

$

622,295

 

$

12,280

 

1.97

%

Savings

 

9,683

 

31

 

0.32

%

9,711

 

47

 

0.48

%

10,217

 

122

 

1.19

%

Eurodollar

 

111,768

 

1,023

 

0.92

%

105,946

 

1,305

 

1.23

%

108,154

 

2,180

 

2.02

%

Certificates of deposit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brokered

 

1,762

 

38

 

2.16

%

33,115

 

468

 

1.41

%

104,421

 

3,919

 

3.75

%

Reciprocal CDARS

 

167,038

 

1,616

 

0.97

%

132,994

 

1,888

 

1.42

%

52,858

 

1,134

 

2.15

%

Under $100,000

 

46,863

 

664

 

1.42

%

61,254

 

1,503

 

2.45

%

94,455

 

3,621

 

3.83

%

$100,000 and over

 

301,546

 

4,056

 

1.35

%

392,409

 

8,458

 

2.16

%

316,386

 

11,415

 

3.61

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

1,347,596

 

12,338

 

0.92

%

1,302,792

 

19,680

 

1.51

%

1,308,786

 

34,671

 

2.65

%

Other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

148,454

 

1,096

 

0.74

%

125,053

 

1,137

 

0.91

%

147,230

 

2,669

 

1.81

%

Other short-term borrowings

 

7,509

 

23

 

0.31

%

293,768

 

885

 

0.30

%

343,530

 

7,327

 

2.13

%

Long-term debt

 

93,150

 

5,691

 

6.11

%

93,150

 

4,365

 

4.69

%

79,306

 

4,890

 

6.17

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

1,596,709

 

19,148

 

1.20

%

1,814,763

 

26,067

 

1.44

%

1,878,852

 

49,557

 

2.64

%

Noninterest-bearing demand accounts

 

591,074

 

 

 

 

 

486,335

 

 

 

 

 

434,926

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits and interest-bearing liabilities

 

2,187,783

 

 

 

 

 

2,301,098

 

 

 

 

 

2,313,778

 

 

 

 

 

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

22,980

 

 

 

 

 

18,841

 

 

 

 

 

17,040

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

2,210,763

 

 

 

 

 

2,319,939

 

 

 

 

 

2,330,818

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

223,239

 

 

 

 

 

236,767

 

 

 

 

 

199,083

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

$

2,434,002

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,556,706

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,529,901

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income - taxable equivalent

 

 

 

$

97,332

 

 

 

 

 

$

104,110

 

 

 

 

 

$

96,070

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

3.86

%

 

 

 

 

3.88

%

 

 

 

 

3.47

%

Net interest margin - taxable equivalent

 

 

 

 

 

4.37

%

 

 

 

 

4.38

%

 

 

 

 

4.08

%

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

139.39

%

 

 

 

 

130.93

%

 

 

 

 

125.33

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Interest earned has been adjusted to reflect tax exempt assets on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

(2)  Loan fees included in interest income are not material. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans outstanding.

(3)  Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax-equivalent basis where applicable.

 

The following table illustrates, for the periods indicated, the changes in the levels of interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume or rate. Changes in net interest income due to both volume and rate have been included in the changes due to rate column.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

Increase (decrease)

 

Increase (decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and other

 

$

258

 

$

(181

)

$

77

 

$

174

 

$

(343

)

$

(169

)

Investment securities (1)

 

3,735

 

(5,607

)

(1,872

)

2,864

 

(1,055

)

1,809

 

Loans (1), (2)

 

(13,847

)

1,945

 

(11,902

)

215

 

(17,305

)

(17,090

)

Total interest earning assets

 

$

(9,854

)

$

(3,843

)

(13,697

)

3,253

 

(18,703

)

(15,450

)

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market deposits

 

$

1,500

 

$

(2,601

)

$

(1,101

)

$

(1,084

)

$

(5,185

)

$

(6,269

)

Savings deposits

 

 

(16

)

(16

)

(6

)

(69

)

(75

)

Eurodollar deposits

 

72

 

(354

)

(282

)

(45

)

(830

)

(875

)

Certificates of deposit

 

(2,271

)

(3,672

)

(5,943

)

513

 

(8,285

)

(7,772

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

213

 

(254

)

(41

)

(402

)

(1,130

)

(1,532

)

Other short-term borrowings

 

(862

)

 

(862

)

(1,061

)

(5,381

)

(6,442

)

Long-term debt

 

 

1,326

 

1,326

 

854

 

(1,379

)

(525

)

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

(1,348

)

(5,571

)

(6,919

)

(1,231

)

(22,259

)

(23,490

)

Net increase (decrease) in net interest income

 

$

(8,506

)

$

1,728

 

$

(6,778

)

$

4,484

 

$

3,556

 

$

8,040

 

 


(1)   Interest earned has been adjusted to reflect tax exempt assets on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

(2)   Loan fees included in interest income are not material. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans outstanding.

 

Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis decreased $6.8 million or 6.5% to $97.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $104.1 million at December 31, 2009.  For 2010, the net interest margin was stable, decreasing 1 basis point to 4.37% from 4.38% for 2009.

 

Average interest-earning assets decreased $150.4 million to $2.23 billion during the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a $2.38 billion average one year earlier.  The primary driver of the 2010 decrease in average interest-earning assets was a decrease in the loan portfolio of $254.6 million, offset by a combined increase of $106.7 million in average investment securities, federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets.  The average taxable-equivalent yield on average interest-earning assets for 2010 fell 26 basis points to 5.06% compared to 5.32% for 2009, primarily the result of lower investment yields.  The Company ended 2010 with total loans down $139.0 million to $1.64 billion from $1.78 billion at December 31, 2009.  While the overall loan portfolio decreased during 2010, the Company grew loans during the fourth quarter of 2010 for the first time since the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

Average interest-bearing liabilities also decreased during the year ended December 31, 2010, down $218.1 million to $1.60 billion compared to average interest-bearing liabilities of $1.81 billion during 2009. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 24 basis points to 1.20% for 2010 compared to 1.44% for 2009.  A decrease in short-term borrowings of $286.3 million during 2010 was the largest driver of the decrease in interest-bearing liabilities.  Short-term borrowings decreased due to increased liquidity from higher average deposit balances and customer securities sold under agreement to repurchase, which increased a combined $172.9 million.  Overall, the most significant impact to interest expense in 2010 was a decrease in the volume and rate of the CDs portfolio.  The Company has reduced its higher-cost CD portfolio due to excess liquidity from other deposit categories.  Rate declines, and to a lesser degree volume declines, in the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities were responsible for the cost improvement during 2010 compared to 2009.

 

Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased $8.0 million or 8.4% to $104.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $96.1 million at December 31, 2008.  During 2009, the net interest margin increased 30 basis points to 4.38%.  Average interest-earning assets increased slightly by $21.3 million or 0.9% from 2008 primarily as a result of a $55.0 million growth in investment securities.  A decline of $38.7 million or (2.0)% in average net loans at December 31, 2009, offset the growth in investment securities.  Yields on average-earning assets decreased 79 basis points during 2009.  The impact to the net interest margin of changes in interest-earning assets was a decrease of 71 basis points due to lower interest rates.  The slight decline of $6.0 million or 0.46% in interest-bearing deposits coupled with a decrease of 114 basis points in rates paid on interest-bearing deposits resulted in an increase of 64 basis points on the net interest margin.  A decrease of $71.9 million in the Company’s

 

57



Table of Contents

 

utilization of other borrowings such as securities sold under agreements to purchase, the Federal Reserve’s TAF program, and federal funds purchased as well as a decrease of 155 basis points on rates paid on the aforementioned borrowings resulted in a favorable effect on the net interest margin of 36 basis points.

 

In order to reduce our asset sensitivity, the Company executed an asset-liability strategy using interest-rate swaps to fix the interest rate on a portion of our variable-rate loans indexed to prime.  The Company receives a fixed rate and pays a variable rate based on the notional amount of the underlying contract. The Company had $30.0 million and $130.0 million in notional values outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate paid was 3.25% versus a weighted-average interest rate received of 5.66% at December 31, 2010.  The weighted-average interest rate paid was 3.25% versus a weighted-average interest rate received of 6.61% at December 31, 2009. During 2010 and 2009, interest-rate swaps contributed 6 basis points and 11 basis points, respectively to net interest margin.

 

In February 2009, the Company executed a series of interest-rate swap transactions designated as cash flow hedges that were effective for interest payments beginning in 2010. The intent of the transactions was to fix the effective interest rate for payments due on the junior subordinated debentures with the objective of reducing the Company’s exposure to adverse changes in cash flows relating to payments on its LIBOR-based floating rate debt. During 2010, the weighted average interest rate paid was 5.73% versus a weighted average interest rate received of 2.66% and negatively impacted net interest margin by 8 basis points. Contractual maturities of the swaps are for varying lengths of time ranging from five to 14 years. Select critical terms of the cash flow hedges are as follows:

 

Hedged

 

Notional

 

Fixed

 

Termination

 

item

 

amount

 

rate

 

date

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Statutory Trust I

 

$

20,000

 

6.04

%

March 17, 2015

 

CoBiz Capital Trust II

 

$

30,000

 

5.99

%

April 23, 2020

 

CoBiz Capital Trust III

 

$

20,000

 

5.02

%

March 30, 2024

 

 

Provision and Allowance for Loan and Credit Losses. The following table presents provision for loan and credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

$

35,127

 

$

105,815

 

$

39,796

 

Provision for credit losses (included in other expenses)

 

(94

)

(104

)

(317

)

Total provision for loan and credit losses

 

$

35,033

 

$

105,711

 

$

39,479

 

 

The provision for loan and credit losses decreased $70.7 million to $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This compares favorably to provision expense of $105.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, which was an increase of $66.2 million over provision recorded for 2008.  The decline in loan and credit losses for 2010 reflects the stabilization of the Company’s overall asset quality during the past year and is in stark contrast to 2009 and 2008 when we saw steady downward pressure on property values in both Arizona and Colorado which resulted in significant growth in nonperforming assets, provision expense and the reserve for losses.

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans was 2.60% at December 31, 2010, a substantial improvement from 4.44% one year earlier and approaching the 2.02% reported at December 31, 2008.  Nonaccrual loans decreased $36.2 million from the end of 2009 to $42.5 million with a significant portion of the improvement coming from the land acquisition and development portfolio which accounted for more than 67% of the year over year decline.  The Company undertook immediate and deliberate action beginning

 

58



Table of Contents

 

in late 2008 to identify and provision for potential losses within the land acquisition and development portfolio with the aim to reduce excess exposure in that portfolio.  The Company’s efforts in that area continued throughout 2010 with meaningful results as acquisition and development nonaccrual loans make up approximately 23% of all nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2010, compared to 43% one year earlier.  Net charge-offs of $44.4 million were shared evenly between the Arizona and Colorado markets and were significantly lower for the year ended December 31, 2010,compared to $73.5 million for all of 2009.  Management believes the allowance is at a sufficient level to absorb potential losses in the portfolio.  At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan and credit losses was $66.0 million, or 154.3% of nonperforming loans compared to $75.3 million and 97.3% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2009.

 

Noninterest Income. The following table presents noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges

 

$

4,957

 

$

4,919

 

$

4,067

 

$

38

 

.8

%

$

852

 

20.9

%

Other loan fees

 

1,129

 

1,254

 

1,017

 

(125

)

(10.0

)%

237

 

23.3

%

Investment advisory and trust income

 

5,439

 

5,186

 

6,345

 

253

 

4.9

%

(1,159

)

(18.3

)%

Insurance income

 

13,014

 

11,778

 

15,113

 

1,236

 

10.5

%

(3,335

)

(22.1

)%

Investment banking income

 

5,650

 

1,154

 

5,055

 

4,496

 

389.6

%

(3,901

)

(77.2

)%

Other income

 

4,819

 

3,336

 

4,181

 

1,483

 

44.5

%

(845

)

(20.2

)%

Total noninterest income

 

$

35,008

 

$

27,627

 

$

35,778

 

$

7,381

 

26.7

%

$

(8,151

)

(22.8

)%

 

Service Charges.  Deposit service charges primarily consist of fees earned from our treasury management services. Customers are given the option to pay for these services in cash or by offsetting the fees for these services against an earnings credit that is given for maintaining noninterest-bearing deposits. Fees earned from treasury management services will fluctuate based on the number of customers using the services and from changes in U.S. Treasury rates which are used as a benchmark for the earnings credit rate. Other miscellaneous deposit charges are transactional by nature and may not be consistent period-over-period. The increase in service charges from 2008 to 2009 is attributed to a decrease in the earnings credit rate due to a decrease in the U.S. Treasury rate.  As the earnings credit rate decreases, the amount of cash fees paid for service charges increases. Growth was more muted in 2010 due to an increase in compensating deposit balances used to pay for treasury management services.

 

Investment Advisory and Trust Income.  Investment advisory and trust income increased $0.2 million or 4.9% to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.  During 2009, investment advisory and trust income decreased $1.2 million or 18.3% to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Revenues from this source are generally a function of the value of assets under management (AUM). Market changes will have a positive or negative impact on investment advisory income.  Discretionary assets under management at December 31, 2010, were $780.9 million compared to $755.2 million compared to at December 31, 2009, which represents a 3.4% increase.  Total assets under management, custodial assets and assets under advisement at December 31, 2010 and 2009, were $1.5 billion.

 

Insurance Income.  Insurance income is derived from three main areas: wealth transfer, benefits consulting and P&C.  Insurance income on wealth transfer transactions is reported in the Wealth Management segment. The majority of fees earned on wealth transfer transactions are earned at the inception of the product offering in the form of commissions.  As the fees on these products are transactional by nature, fee income can fluctuate from period to period based on the number of transactions that have been closed.  Revenue from benefits consulting and P&C are more recurring revenue sources.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, revenue earned from the insurance segment was composed of the following:

 

59



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth transfer and executive compensation

 

31.2

%

22.4

%

33.0

%

Benefits consulting

 

24.1

%

28.2

%

23.6

%

Property and casualty

 

42.8

%

46.9

%

41.4

%

Fee income

 

1.9

%

2.5

%

2.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

Insurance income for 2010 increased $1.2 million or 10.5% to $13.0 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, insurance income decreased $3.3 million or 22.1% to $11.8 million from $15.1 million in 2008. The increase in 2010 is primarily attributable to an increase in commissions on the placement of life insurance policies in wealth transfer cases offset by a decrease in revenue derived from benefits consulting. The decrease in 2009 is primarily attributable to lower insurance commissions of $2.3 million on the placement of life insurance policies in wealth transfer cases.  Also, contributing to the overall decline in 2009 insurance income were the decreases in property and casualty and bonus income of $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

Investment Banking Income.  Investment banking income includes retainer fees which are recognized over the expected term of the engagement and success fees which are recognized when the transaction is completed and collectibility of fees is reasonably assured.  Investment banking income is transactional by nature and will fluctuate based on the number of clients engaged and transactions successfully closed.

 

Investment banking income increased $4.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, to $5.7 million.  For the year ended, December 31, 2009, investment banking income decreased $3.9 million to $1.2 million.  The increase in investment banking income in 2010 is primarily due to a higher number of successfully closed deals and to an increase in the number of active engaged deals that pay retainer fees.  During 2009, restricted credit markets and substantial uncertainty over sellers’ future performance and cash-flow, had an adverse impact on the number of deals closed as well as on the number of deals actively engaged during 2009.

 

Other Income.  Other income is comprised of changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI, earnings on equity method investments, merchant charges, bankcard fees, wire transfer fees, foreign exchange fees and safe deposit income.

 

Other income of $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased $1.5 million from 2009.  The increase is primarily related to an increase of $0.7 million in income from equity method investments; $0.3 million in rental income; and $0.5 million in income on private equity investments.

 

Other income of $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased $0.8 million from the prior year.  The decline in other income is primarily attributable to a decrease in income derived from equity method investments of $0.4 million and a decrease in income from private equity investments of $0.7 million offset by an increase of $0.3 million in earnings on customer swaps.

 

Noninterest Expense. The following table presents noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

60,082

 

$

53,316

 

$

55,606

 

$

6,766

 

12.7

%

$

(2,290

)

(4.1

)%

Stock-based compensation expense

 

1,591

 

1,543

 

1,762

 

48

 

3.1

%

(219

)

(12.4

)%

Occupancy expenses, premises and equipment

 

13,594

 

13,215

 

13,075

 

379

 

2.9

%

140

 

1.1

%

Amortization of intangibles

 

642

 

674

 

724

 

(32

)

(4.8

)%

(50

)

(6.9

)%

FDIC and other assessments

 

5,305

 

4,871

 

1,504

 

434

 

8.9

%

3,367

 

223.9

%

Other real estate owned and loan workout costs

 

6,388

 

4,660

 

687

 

1,728

 

37.1

%

3,973

 

578.3

%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

46,160

 

 

(46,160

)

(100.0

)%

46,160

 

100.0

%

Net other than temporary impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

 

451

 

922

 

 

(471

)

(51.1

)%

922

 

100.0

%

Loss on securities, other assets and other real estate owned

 

7,977

 

4,677

 

4,592

 

3,300

 

70.6

%

85

 

1.9

%

Other

 

13,082

 

11,372

 

11,767

 

1,710

 

15.0

%

(395

)

(3.4

)%

Total noninterest expenses

 

$

109,112

 

$

141,410

 

$

89,717

 

$

(32,298

)

(22.8

)%

$

51,693

 

57.6

%

 

Our efficiency ratio was 76.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 68.3% and 65.1% for 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The efficiency ratio is a measure of the Company’s overhead, measuring the percentage of each dollar of income that is paid in operating expenses.  Our efficiency ratio has escalated since 2007 as growth in operating expenses outpaced growth in operating revenues.  The efficiency ratio in 2010 was negatively impacted by the increase in salaries and employee benefits, loan workout expenses and FDIC and other assessments.  Whereas expenses increased, there was not a corresponding rise in operating revenues, primarily due to the decline in average loans. The Company maintains its goal of reducing the ratio over the next few years and is committed to exploring cost-reduction strategies as they are identified.

 

Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits, excluding share-based compensation, increased $6.8 million or 12.7% and decreased $2.3 million or 4.1% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

The increase in salaries and employee benefits during 2010 is the result of the following factors:

 

·                  The Company’s successful efforts in attracting employees during the latter half of 2009 and during 2010.

·                  Increase in compensation to commission-based employees ($1.5 million) primarily due to the improvement in fee-based income

·                  Increase in bonus expense ($1.9 million) as a result of banker’s achieving production goals and higher revenue on the investment banking segment. For the most part, the Company did not pay executive or administrative bonuses in 2010 and 2009.

·                  Increase in the annual service cost contribution to the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ($0.7 million).

 

The Company’s full-time equivalent employee base at the end of 2010 was 542 compared to 545 in 2009.

 

The 2009 decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in employee bonuses of $2.8 million and a decrease of $1.6 million in commission-based compensation from the insurance segment.  Commissions paid to insurance producers are tied directly to insurance revenues, which decreased 22.1% in 2009.  Salary expense increased $1.6 million, partially offsetting the decreases in bonuses and commission-based compensation.  The increase in salary expenses are attributed to the following:

 

·                  Annual merit increases effective January 1, 2009 averaged 2.0%.

·                  The Company filled key management positions during 2009 including:  Director of Wealth Management; Colorado and Arizona Bank Market Presidents.

·                  A new Special Asset Group was formed and as a result the Company hired eight employees in 2009.

·                  Overall, our employee base increased to 545 full-time equivalent employees at the end of 2009 from 535 at the end of 2008.

 

Stock-Based Compensation. ASC Topic 718 requires recognition of compensation costs associated with the grant-date fair value of awards issued after the adoption date and for the portion of awards for which the requisite service period had not previously been rendered.  Costs increased $0.1 million

 

61



Table of Contents

 

during 2010 compared to a decrease of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.  An increase in option cancellations and a decrease in the weighted average fair value of awards issued over the past few years contributed to the overall decrease in stock-based compensation during 2009.  The Company uses stock-based compensation to retain existing employees, recruit new employees and is considered an important part of overall compensation.  The Company expects to continue using stock-based compensation in the future.

 

Occupancy Costs.  Occupancy costs consist primarily of rent, depreciation, utilities, property taxes and insurance.  Occupancy costs increased $0.4 million during 2010 primarily as a result of an increase in common area management fees and rent expense.  Occupancy costs for the year ended December 31, 2009, increased $0.1 million.

 

FDIC and Other Assessments.  FDIC and other assessments consist of premiums paid by FDIC-insured institutions and by Colorado chartered banks.  The assessments by the FDIC and the Colorado Division of Banking are based on statutory and risk classification factors.  FDIC and other assessments increased $0.4 million and $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The Company’s standard FDIC assessments have been escalating since late 2008 when higher deposit insurance levels were made available and the number of bank failures climbed (25 failures in 2008, 140 in 2009 and 157 in 2010).  The increase in 2009 FDIC costs is primarily attributed to an increase in rates on standard assessments and a special assessment adopted by the FDIC on May 22, 2009.  The special assessment increased costs by $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2009 alone.

 

Other Real Estate Owned and Loan Workout Costs.  Carrying costs and workout expenses of nonperforming loans and OREO increased $1.7 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  These costs are directly correlated to increased levels of nonperforming assets during these years.

 

Impairment of Goodwill.  During the first quarter of 2009, the Company concluded that the decline in its market capitalization and continued economic uncertainty were triggering events that would require a goodwill impairment test.  The results of the impairment analysis indicated that goodwill was impaired by $33.7 million, which was included in the interim three month period ended on March 31, 2009.  During the third quarter of 2009, the Company took an additional goodwill impairment of $12.5 million, entirely removing goodwill from the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Net Other Than Temporary Impairment Losses on Securities. Net other than temporary impairment losses on securities include credit losses recognized on available for sale securities in accordance with FASB guidance implemented by the Company during the second quarter of 2009.  The $0.4 million OTTI recognized during 2010 relates to three private-label MBS during the year ended December 31, 2010.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, credit related OTTI of $0.9 million was recognized on two debt securities.

 

Loss on Securities, Other Assets and Other Real Estate Owned. The Company recognized losses on securities, other assets and OREO of $8.0 million, $4.7 million, and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The loss on securities, other assets and real estate owned were comprised of the following:

 

 

 

Loss for the year ended December 31,

 

Increase / (decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

146

 

$

1,140

 

$

1,657

 

$

(994

)

$

(517

)

Loans held for sale

 

359

 

139

 

 

220

 

139

 

OREO and repossessed assets

 

7,392

 

3,294

 

2,920

 

4,098

 

374

 

Other

 

80

 

104

 

15

 

(24

)

89

 

 

 

$

7,977

 

$

4,677

 

$

4,592

 

$

3,300

 

$

85

 

 

During 2010, the majority of the losses related to OREO.  The Company recognized total losses of $7.4 million, of which $1.6 million were recorded on OREO dispositions and $5.8 million on valuation adjustments on OREO currently held.  Of the total OREO losses recognized in 2010, 83% or $6.1 million

 

62



Table of Contents

 

were generated on the sale of Land A&D properties and 16% or $1.1 million on the sale of commercial properties.  59% of the total losses relate to properties located in Colorado and the remaining 41% to properties located in Arizona.

 

During 2009, the Company sold $15.8 million in OREO and recognized a $2.5 million loss upon sale.  The remainder $0.8 million loss in OREO represents valuation adjustments taken on OREO held at December 31, 2009.  Losses recognized on OREO sold during 2009 were primarily generated by the sale of Land A&D and Residential properties, which represent $1.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively, of the total loss recognized in 2009.  Of the $2.5 million loss generated on the sale of OREO, $0.9 million related to properties located in Colorado and $1.6 million to properties located in Arizona.

 

The 2009 loss on available for sale securities primarily relates to a noncredit loss of $0.9 million on two single issuer trust preferred securities and $0.4 million on one debt security.

 

Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased $1.7 million compared to a decrease of $0.4 million a year earlier.  The increase in 2010 is primarily attributable to increases in professional services ($0.7 million), legal expenses ($0.4 million), marketing expenses ($0.2 million) and miscellaneous losses ($0.2 million).  The decrease of $0.4 million in 2009 is attributed to a decrease in legal expenses of $0.4 million.

 

Federal Income Taxes. The income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased $42.9 million from a benefit of $32.9 million at December 31, 2009 to $10.0 million.  Pretax loss during the year ended December 31, 2010, was $12.4 million, which is an improvement of $103.8 million over the prior year. Included in the provision for income taxes during 2010 is a non-cash deferred tax valuation charge of $15.6 million.  Permanent tax differences, arising primarily due to income recognized on changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI, decreased taxable income by $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Pre-tax loss for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $116.2 million compared to a pre-tax income of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Permanent tax differences for the year ended December 31, 2009, comprised primarily of the nondeductible goodwill impairment of $33.3 million, increased taxable income by $31.5 million.  The effective tax rates for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were 44.2%, 28.36% and (7.4)%, respectively.

 

Segment Results

 

The Company reports five operating segments: Commercial Banking, Investment Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance and Corporate Support.  In conjunction with the Company’s strategic initiative to create a focused wealth management offering, the Company changed its operating segments in the third quarter of 2010 to reflect an internal realignment of its wealth management components.  As part of this change, the Investment Advisory and Trust segment that was previously reported has been renamed Wealth Management and a business line has been moved from Insurance into the new Wealth Management segment.  All prior period disclosures have been adjusted to conform to the new presentation.

 

A description of each segment is provided in Note 19 of the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.  A valuation analysis of the Company’s operating segments was performed in 2009 to evaluate impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.  The analyses indicated goodwill was impaired and noncash charges of $33.7 million and $12.5 million were recorded at March 31, 2009, and September 30, 2009, respectively.  The cumulative charges removed all goodwill from the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009.  For additional discussion of the impairment see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. Certain financial metrics of each operating segment (excluding Corporate Support) are presented below.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Commercial Banking.

 

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Income Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

100,983

 

$

107,213

 

$

100,748

 

$

(6,230

)

(5.8

)%

$

6,465

 

6.4

%

Provision for loan losses

 

30,224

 

103,427

 

39,796

 

(73,203

)

(70.8

)%

63,631

 

159.9

%

Noninterest income

 

10,439

 

9,555

 

8,785

 

884

 

9.3

%

770

 

8.8

%

Noninterest expense

 

37,015

 

34,533

 

33,098

 

2,482

 

7.2

%

1,435

 

4.3

%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

15,348

 

 

(15,348

)

(100.0

)%

15,348

 

100.0

%

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

20,180

 

(19,829

)

3,075

 

40,009

 

(201.8

)%

(22,904

)

(744.8

)%

Net income (loss) before management fees and overhead

 

24,003

 

(16,711

)

33,564

 

40,714

 

(243.6

)%

(50,275

)

(149.8

)%

Management fees and overhead allocations, net of tax

 

24,089

 

30,987

 

26,889

 

(6,898

)

(22.3

)%

4,098

 

15.2

%

Net income (loss)

 

$

(86

)

$

(47,698

)

$

6,675

 

$

47,612

 

(99.8

)%

$

(54,373

)

(814.6

)%

 

The Commercial Banking segment reported net loss of $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, a significant improvement of $47.6 million over the prior year.  The improvement is primarily the result of a lower loan loss provision ($73.2 million decline) due to improved asset quality trends.  Offsetting the positive impact of lower loan loss provision levels was a non-cash deferred tax valuation allowance charge of $ 4.1 million, a decline in net interest income of $6.2 million primarily attributable to a decrease in the loan portfolio, and an increase of $2.5 million in noninterest expenses primarily related to salaries and benefits.

 

The Commercial Banking segment reported a net loss of $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net income of $6.7 million in the prior year period.  The increase in net interest income during 2009 was primarily the result of a decrease in interest paid on investment securities and a decline on interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities resulting from historically low interest rates.  An increase in loan charge-offs, increased levels of nonperforming loans and deterioration in the credit quality of certain other loans resulted in a $63.6 million increase in the provision for loan losses.  Pursuant to the March 31, 2009, goodwill impairment analysis, a $15.3 million goodwill impairment charge was recorded.

 

Investment Banking.

 

 

 

Investment Banking

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Income Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

8

 

$

7

 

$

38

 

$

1

 

14.3

%

$

(31

)

(81.6

)%

Noninterest income

 

5,650

 

1,154

 

5,055

 

4,496

 

389.6

%

(3,901

)

(77.2

)%

Noninterest expense

 

5,534

 

4,024

 

5,117

 

1,510

 

37.5

%

(1,093

)

(21.4

)%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

5,279

 

 

(5,279

)

(100.0

)%

5,279

 

100.0

%

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

52

 

(3,768

)

(99

)

3,820

 

(101.4

)%

(3,669

)

(3,706.1

)%

Net income (loss) before management fees and overhead

 

72

 

(4,374

)

75

 

4,446

 

(101.7

)%

(4,449

)

(5,932.0

)%

Management fees and overhead allocations, net of tax

 

163

 

211

 

265

 

(48

)

(22.8

)%

(54

)

(20.4

)%

Net income (loss)

 

$

(91

)

$

(4,585

)

$

(190

)

$

4,494

 

(98.0

)%

$

(4,395

)

(2,313.2

)%

 

Net losses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, were $0.1 million and $4.6 million, respectively.  The improvement in the segment’s results is primarily attributable to success fees of $4.8 million on the closing of 10 deals during 2010.  The increase in losses for the segment during 2009 and 2008 was primarily attributed to a decline in noninterest income resulting from a decrease in the number and size of deals closing during these years.  Also contributing to the net loss in 2009 was a $5.3 million noncash goodwill impairment recorded as a result of goodwill analyses conducted.

 

Restricted credit markets had an adverse impact on both volume and multiples in middle-market transactions during 2009 and 2008.  However, in 2010 the volume of M&A transactions in U.S. and global markets increased significantly.  The segment’s bankers continue to work engaged deals and seek new deals in new industries.  During 2009, the segment added new bankers experienced in technology companies.  Management believes the near-term cost increases will be outweighed by the benefits of the segment’s increased expertise as it is better positioned to take advantage of opportunities in the future.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Wealth Management.

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Income Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

(38

)

$

(16

)

$

(5

)

$

(22

)

137.5

%

$

(11

)

220.0

%

Noninterest income

 

9,752

 

8,052

 

11,618

 

1,700

 

21.1

%

(3,566

)

(30.7

)%

Noninterest expense

 

10,366

 

9,903

 

11,619

 

463

 

4.7

%

(1,716

)

(14.8

)%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

21,384

 

 

(21,384

)

(100.0

)%

21,384

 

(100.0

)%

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(78

)

(1,781

)

(60

)

1,703

 

(95.6

)%

(1,721

)

2,868.3

%

Net income (loss) before management fees and overhead

 

(574

)

(21,470

)

54

 

20,896

 

(97.3

)%

(21,524

)

NM

 

Management fees and overhead allocations, net of tax

 

721

 

773

 

759

 

(52

)

(6.7

)%

14

 

1.8

%

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,295

)

$

(22,243

)

$

(705

)

$

20,948

 

(94.2

)%

$

(21,538

)

3,055.0

%

 

The Wealth Management net loss of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, improved $20.9 million from the net loss of $22.2 million reported a year earlier. The segment results were negatively impacted by a non-cash deferred tax valuation charge of $0.2 million in 2010 and a goodwill impairment charge of $21.4 million in 2009.

 

The increase of $1.7 million in wealth management revenues during the year ended December 31, 2010, was primarily attributed to an increase of $0.3 million in investment advisory revenue and an increase of $1.4 million in commissions on the placement of life insurance policies in wealth transfer cases.  Investment advisory revenues are generally a function of the value of AUM.  Discretionary AUM at December 31, 2010, were $780.9 million compared to $755.2 million at December 31, 2009, which represents an increase of $25.7 million or 3.4%.  Total assets under management, custodial assets and assets under advisement at December 31, 2010 and 2009, were $1.5 billion.  Revenues generated by wealth transfer are transactional by nature, with the majority of revenues earned at the time of the sale.

 

The increase in the net loss for the segment during 2009 was impacted by a decline in noninterest income of $3.7 million resulting from a drop in AUM levels and to lower than historical standards wealth transfer revenues due to broader economic uncertainties in that year.  Additionally, goodwill was completely eliminated from the segment during 2009.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Insurance.

 

 

 

Insurance

 

2010 vs. 2009

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

Increase/(decrease)

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Income Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

(9

)

$

(13

)

$

(7

)

$

4

 

(30.8

)%

$

(6

)

85.7

%

Noninterest income

 

8,701

 

8,912

 

9,840

 

(211

)

(2.4

)%

(928

)

(9.4

)%

Noninterest expense

 

9,005

 

8,498

 

8,694

 

507

 

6.0

%

(196

)

(2.3

)%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

4,149

 

 

(4,149

)

(100.0

)%

4,149

 

100.0

%

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

162

 

(1,593

)

134

 

1,755

 

(110.2

)%

(1,727

)

(1,288.8

)%

Net income (loss) before management fees and overhead

 

(475

)

(2,155

)

1,005

 

1,680

 

(78.0

)%

(3,160

)

(314.4

)%

Management fees and overhead allocations, net of tax

 

343

 

477

 

411

 

(134

)

(28.1

)%

66

 

16.1

%

Net income (loss)

 

$

(818

)

$

(2,632

)

$

594

 

$

1,814

 

(68.9

)%

$

(3,226

)

(543.1

)%

 

Net loss reported by Insurance was $0.8 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The segment results in 2010 were impacted by a non-cash deferred tax valuation charge of $0.3 million.  The improvement over the prior year was primarily driven by a noncash goodwill impairment charge taken during 2009 and a decrease in the benefit for income taxes during 2010.

 

The segment reported a net loss of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net income of $0.6 million reported a year earlier.  During 2009, goodwill was completely removed from the segment’s balance sheets.  Noninterest income decreased $0.9 million to $8.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, was primarily due to lower income from the property and casualty insurance units as a result of a persistent softness in premiums as well as downward pressure on agent commissions.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet financial obligations to its customers and shareholders in order to fund loans, to respond to deposit outflows and to cover operating expenses.  The goal of our liquidity management is to maintain a level of liquid funds. through proactive asset/liability management to ensure that these needs are met at a reasonable cost. Liquidity is essential to compensate for fluctuations in the balance sheet and provide funds for growth and normal operating expenditures. Sources of funds include customer deposits, scheduled amortization of loans, loan prepayments, scheduled maturities of investments and cash flows from mortgage-backed securities.  Liquidity needs may also be met by deposit growth, converting assets into cash, raising funds in the brokered CD market or borrowing using lines of credit with correspondent banks, the FHLB, the FRB or the Treasury.  Longer-term liquidity needs may be met by selling securities available for sale or raising additional capital.

 

Liquidity is monitored and closely managed by the Company’s Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO), a group of senior officers from the lending, deposit gathering, finance and treasury areas. ALCO’s primary responsibilities are to ensure the necessary level of funds are available for normal operations as well as maintain a contingency funding policy to ensure that liquidity stress events are quickly identified and management plans are in place to respond. This is accomplished through the use of policies which establish limits and require measurements to monitor liquidity trends, including management reporting that identifies the amounts and costs of all available funding sources.

 

The Company’s current liquidity position is expected to be more than adequate to fund expected asset growth. Historically, our primary source of funds has been customer deposits.  Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and unscheduled loan prepayments — which are influenced by fluctuations in the general level of interest rates, returns available on other investments, competition, economic conditions, and other factors — are less predictable.

 

Available funding through correspondent lines at December 31, 2010, totaled $432.4 million, which represents 19.3% of the Company’s earning assets.  Available funding is comprised of $155.0 million in

 

66



Table of Contents

 

available federal funds purchased lines and $277.4 million in FHLB borrowing capacity. In addition, the Company had $115.1 million in securities available to be pledged for collateral for additional FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2010.

 

Liquidity from asset categories is provided through cash and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, which totaled $24.2 million and $47.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additional asset liquidity sources include principal and interest payments from securities in the Company’s investment portfolio and cash flows from its amortizing loan portfolio.

 

Liability liquidity sources include attracting deposits at competitive rates. Our loan portfolio decreased $139.0 million or 8% to $1.64 billion at December 31, 2010.  The Company’s loan to core deposit ratio decreased to 87% at December 31, 2010, from 91.0% at December 31, 2009.  The combination of the decline in the loan portfolio and the increase in the average deposit portfolio has allowed the Company to reduce its wholesale borrowings (short-term borrowings and brokered CDs) to an average of $4.6 million in 2010 from an average of $326.9 million during 2009.

 

The Company uses various forms of short-term borrowings for cash management and liquidity purposes. These forms of borrowings include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings from the FHLB and revolving lines-of-credit. At December 31, 2010, the Bank has approved unsecured federal funds purchase lines with six correspondent banks with an aggregate credit line of $155.0 million.  The Company regularly uses its federal funds purchase lines to manage its daily cash position.  However, availability to access funds through those lines is dependent upon the cash position of the correspondent banks and there may be times when certain lines are not available.  In addition, certain lines require a one-day rest period after a specified number of consecutive days of accessing the lines.  With the overall tightening in the credit markets, certain correspondent lines have been reduced or may not be available due to liquidity issues specific to our correspondents.  During 2010, the Company’s aggregate correspondent credit lines decreased $80.0 million due to three lines becoming unavailable during the year.  The Bank also has a line of credit from the FHLB that is limited by the amount of eligible collateral available to secure it.  Borrowings under the FHLB line are required to be secured by unpledged securities and qualifying loans. Borrowings may also be used on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity or repricing intervals of assets.

 

At the holding company level, our primary sources of funds are dividends paid from the Bank and fee-based subsidiaries, management fees assessed to the Bank and the fee-based business lines, proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock, and other capital markets activity.  The main use of this liquidity is the quarterly payment of dividends on our common and preferred stock, quarterly interest payments on the subordinated debentures and notes payable, payments for mergers and acquisitions activity (including potential earn-out payments), and payments for the salaries and benefits for the employees of the holding company.  In March 2009, the Company reduced its quarterly dividend payment from $0.07 per share to $0.01 per share in order to preserve its capital base.  The reduction in the quarterly dividend saved the Company approximately $5.6 million per year based on shares outstanding at the date of the dividend reduction. The approval of the Colorado State Banking Board is required prior to the declaration of any dividend by the Bank if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides that the Bank cannot pay a dividend if it will cause the Bank to be “undercapitalized.”  At December 31, 2010, the Bank was restricted in its ability to pay dividends to the holding company as its cumulative earnings during 2010 and the prior two years, net of dividends paid during those years, was negative.  The Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock depends upon the availability of dividends from the Bank, earnings from its fee-based businesses, and upon the Company’s compliance with the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors (see Note 16 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements). However, at December 31, 2010, the Company had the ability to continue paying dividends due to the significant amount of capital raised by the parent company in 2009.  At December 31, 2010, the parent company had a cash balance of $28.8 million.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Our primary source of shareholders’ equity is the retention of our net after-tax earnings and proceeds from the issuance of common stock.  On July 20, 2009, the Company completed an underwritten public placement of 13,205,600 shares of the Company’s common stock (including an underwriter’s option) at a price of $4.50 per share. The offering provided net proceeds to the Company of approximately $55.8 million after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses.  The proceeds have been and will continue to be used to support the growth and related capital needs of the Bank, expand our operations through new de novo branch offices, fund possible acquisitions, and fund working capital needs.

 

At December 31, 2010, shareholders’ equity decreased to $201.7 million from $230.5 million at December 31, 2009.  The decrease was primarily due to a net loss of $22.6 million; dividends paid on preferred stock of $3.2 million; dividends paid on common stock of $1.5 million and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income of $3.7 million due mainly to unrealized losses on derivatives.  The aforementioned decreases were offset $1.6 million in stock-based compensation and $0.7 million of stock options, excess tax benefits on option exercises and employee stock purchase plan activity.

 

The Company successfully completed a private placement of $21.0 million of Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Notes during the third and fourth quarters of 2008.  Proceeds from the offering were used for general corporate purposes.  The notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

Management believes the Company continues to have good internal capital generation to support its operations.  We currently anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents, expected cash flows from operations are sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for working capital, loan originations, capital expenditures and other obligations for at least the next 12 months.  We continually monitor existing and alternative financing sources to support our capital and liquidity needs, including but not limited to, debt issuance, common stock issuance and deposit funding sources.  Based on our current financial condition and our results of operations, we believe that the Company will be able to sustain its ability to raise adequate capital through one of these financing sources.

 

We are subject to minimum risk-based capital limitations as set forth by federal banking regulations at both the consolidated Company level and the Bank level. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, different categories of assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments in excess of one year and letters of credit, are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. For purposes of the risk-based capital guidelines, total capital is defined as the sum of “Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital elements, with Tier 2 capital being limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital includes, with certain restrictions, common shareholders’ equity, perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Tier 2 capital includes, with certain limitations, perpetual preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, certain maturing capital instruments, and the allowance for loan and credit losses. At December 31, 2010, the Bank was well-capitalized with a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 10.4%, and Total Capital ratio of 11.7%. The minimum ratios to be considered well-capitalized under the risk-based capital standards are 6% and 10%, respectively. At the holding company level, the Company’s Tier 1 Capital ratio at December 31, 2010, was 12.9%, and its Total Capital ratio was 15.5%. In order to comply with the regulatory capital constraints, the Company and its Board of Directors constantly monitor the capital level and its anticipated needs based on the Company’s growth. The Company has identified sources of additional capital that could be used if needed, and monitors the costs and benefits of these sources, which include both the public and private markets.

 

The Company has issued a total of $70.0 million of trust preferred securities through statutory trusts that are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Although the accounts of the Statutory Trust, Capital Trust II and Capital Trust III are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, $65.1 million in trust preferred securities issued by the trusts are included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes as allowed by the Federal Reserve Board at December 31, 2010.  The remaining $4.9 million in trust preferred securities is included in Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2010.  On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a rule that would continue to allow the inclusion of trust preferred securities issued by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts in Tier 1 capital, but with stricter

 

68



Table of Contents

 

quantitative and qualitative standards. Under the rule, after a transition period ending on March 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill that has been reduced by any associated deferred tax liability. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to certain restrictions.  On March 17, 2009, the Federal Reserve Board announced the adoption of a final rule that delays the initial effective date of March 31, 2009, to March 31, 2011.  Upon adoption of this rule, the Company would still maintain its well capitalized status.

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not reflect various off-balance sheet commitments that are made in the normal course of business, which may involve some liquidity risk.  Off-balance sheet arrangements are discussed in the following Contractual Obligations and Commitments section.  The Company has commitments to extend credit under lines of credit and stand-by letters of credit. The Company has also committed to investing in certain partnerships.  See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion on these commitments.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Summarized below are the Company’s contractual obligations (excluding deposit liabilities) to make future payments at December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

After one

 

After three

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

but within

 

but within

 

After

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

one year

 

three years

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

 

Federal funds purchased (1)

 

$

12

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

12

 

FHLB overnight funds purchased (1)

 

14,000

 

 

 

 

14,000

 

Repurchase agreements (1)

 

157,690

 

 

 

 

157,690

 

Operating lease obligations

 

5,756

 

10,200

 

8,744

 

8,672

 

33,372

 

Long-term debt obligations (2)

 

6,012

 

11,326

 

29,973

 

118,355

 

165,666

 

Preferred Stock, Series B dividend (3)

 

3,223

 

70,789

 

 

 

74,012

 

Supplemental executive retirement plan

 

 

 

 

3,727

 

3,727

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

186,693

 

$

92,315

 

$

38,717

 

$

130,754

 

$

448,479

 

 


(1)   Interest on these obligations has been excluded due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

(2)          Principal repayment of the junior subordinated debentures is assumed to be at the contractual maturity while principal repayment of the subordinated notes payable is assumed to be its first call date (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements) .  Interest on the junior subordinated debentures is calculated at the fixed rate associated with the applicable hedging instrument through the instrument maturity date (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements) and then at the current variable rate through contractual maturity and is reported in the “due within” categories during which the interest expense is expected to be incurred. Included in long-term debt obligations are estimated interest payments related to Subordinated Debt (junior and unsecured) of $6.0 million due “Within one year,” $11.3 million due “After one but within three years,” $9.0 million due “After three but within five years” and $46.2 million due “After five years.”  Variable interest rate payments on junior subordinated debentures after maturity of the related fixed interest rate swap hedge and actual interest payments will differ based on actual LIBOR and actual amounts outstanding for the applicable periods.

 

(3)      Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B issued to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 includes dividends payable at 5% on $64.5 million.  The preferred shares are shown in the table as being due in the “After one but within three years” category which assumes the $64.5 million in preferred stock will be redeemed in the year prior to the contractual dividend rate step up to 9% effective in December 2013.

 

The Company has employed a strategy to expand its offering of fee-based products through the acquisition of entities that complement its business model. We will often structure the purchase price of an acquired entity to include an earn-out, which is a contingent payment based on achieving future performance levels. Given the uncertainty of today’s economic climate and the performance challenges it creates for companies, we feel the use of earn-outs in acquisitions is an effective method to bridge the expectation gap between a buyer’s caution and a seller’s optimism. Earn-outs help to protect buyers from paying a full valuation up front without the assurance of the acquisition’s performance, while allowing sellers to participate in the full value of the company provided the anticipated performance does occur.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Since the earn-out payments are determined based on the acquired company’s performance during the earn-out period, the total payments to be made are not known at the time of the acquisition.

 

The Company had committed to make additional earn-out payments to the former owners of Wagner based on earnings and performance. At December 31, 2010, the Company did not accrue for any earn-out payments for the fiscal year 2010 and all obligations for earn-out payments have expired.  No amount was earned under the earn-out arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2009 or 2008.

 

The Company, at the time of the purchase of the assets of BDA, placed into escrow $0.8 million as deferred purchase price that could be earned by achieving certain agreed upon performance measures over the two-year period following the acquisition.  At December 31, 2008, it was determined the unit had met the first of two performance measures and in January 2009 $0.4 million of the deferred purchase price was released to the former owners. At December 31, 2009, performance measures were not met, no additional amounts were earned under the deferred purchase price arrangement and the remaining $0.4 million was released from escrow to the Company and no further potential payments exist under the agreement.

 

The contractual amount of the Company’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, expiring by period at December 31, 2010, is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

After one

 

After three

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

but within

 

but within

 

After

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

one year

 

three years

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

 

Unfunded loan commitments

 

$

317,557

 

$

134,574

 

$

15,683

 

$

3,213

 

$

471,027

 

Standby letters of credit

 

43,384

 

12,256

 

3,223

 

 

58,863

 

Commercial letters of credit

 

186

 

 

 

 

186

 

Unfunded commitments for unconsolidated investments

 

4,724

 

 

 

 

4,724

 

Company guarantees

 

1,207

 

 

 

 

1,207

 

Total commitments

 

$

367,058

 

$

146,830

 

$

18,906

 

$

3,213

 

$

536,007

 

 

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the liquidity, credit enhancement and financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include legally binding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet. Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the amount of credit risk should the instruments be fully drawn upon and the customer defaults.

 

To control the credit risk associated with entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, the Company uses the same credit quality, collateral policies and monitoring controls in making commitments and letters of credit as it does with its lending activities. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation.

 

Legally binding commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit obligate the Company to meet certain financial obligations of its customers if, under the contractual terms of the agreement, the customers are unable to do so. The financial standby letters of credit issued by the Company are irrevocable. Payment is only guaranteed under these letters of credit upon the borrower’s failure to perform its obligations to the beneficiary.

 

Approximately $33.5 million of total commitments at December 31, 2010, represent commitments to extend credit at fixed rates of interest, which exposes the Company to some degree of interest-rate risk.

 

The Company has also entered into interest-rate swap agreements under which it is required to either receive or pay cash to a counterparty depending on changes in interest rates. The interest-rate swaps are

 

70



Table of Contents

 

carried at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates at the balance sheet date. Interest-rate swaps recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2010, do not represent amounts that will ultimately be received or paid under the contract and are therefore excluded from the table above.

 

Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The primary impact of inflation on our operations is increased operating costs. Unlike most retail or manufacturing companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution such as the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, the impact of interest rates on a financial institution’s performance is generally greater than the impact of inflation. Although interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or to the same extent, as the prices of goods and services, increases in inflation generally have resulted in increased interest rates. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not move in the same direction, or at the same magnitude, as inflation.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Asset/Liability Management

 

Asset/liability management is concerned with the timing and magnitude of repricing assets compared to liabilities. It is our objective to generate stable growth in net interest income and to attempt to control risks associated with interest rate movements. In general, our strategy is to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income by maintaining a favorable match between the maturities or repricing dates of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We adjust interest sensitivity during the year through changes in the mix of assets and liabilities. Our asset and liability management strategy is formulated and monitored by the ALCO Committee, in accordance with policies approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank. This committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activity, and maturities of investments and borrowings. The ALCO committee also approves and establishes pricing and funding decisions with respect to our overall asset and liability composition. The committee reviews our liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of investments, deposits and borrowings, deposit activity, current market conditions, and general levels of interest rates. To effectively measure and manage interest rate risk, we use simulation analysis to determine the impact on net interest income of changes in interest rates under various interest rate scenarios. From these simulations, interest rate risk is quantified and appropriate strategies are developed and implemented.

 

The following table presents an analysis of the interest-rate sensitivity inherent in our net interest income for the next 12 months and market value of equity. The interest rate scenario presented in the table includes interest rates at December 31, 2010, as adjusted by rate changes upward of up to 200 basis points ramped over a 12-month period.  Due to the current interest rate environment, the FOMC has a 0-25 basis point target federal funds rate at December 31, 2010, with prime set at 300 basis points above the FOMC target, the downward movement analysis was limited to a 100 basis point change.  The market value sensitivity analysis presented includes assumptions that (i) the composition of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at December 31, 2010, will remain constant; and (ii) that changes in market rates are parallel and instantaneous across the yield curve regardless of duration or repricing characteristics of specific assets or liabilities. Further, the analysis does not contemplate any actions that we might undertake in response to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, this analysis is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effect actual changes in market rates will have on us.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Change in interest rates in basis points

 

 

 

-200

 

-100

 

0

 

+100

 

+200

 

Impact on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

n/a

 

0.4

%

0.0

%

(0.4

)%

0.4

%

Market value of equity

 

n/a

 

(11.2

)%

0.0

%

6.0

%

8.7

%

 

Our results of operations depend significantly on net interest income. Like most financial institutions, our interest income and cost of funds are affected by general economic conditions and by competition in the marketplace. Rising and falling interest rate environments can have various impacts on net interest income, depending on the interest rate profile (i.e., the difference between the repricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities), the relative changes in interest rates that occur when various assets and liabilities reprice, unscheduled repayments of loans and investments, early withdrawals of deposits, and other factors. As a general rule, banks with positive interest rate gaps are more likely to be susceptible to declines in net interest income in periods of falling interest rates, while banks with negative interest rate gaps are more likely to experience declines in net interest income in periods of rising interest rates. At December 31, 2010, our cumulative interest rate gap was a positive 34.5%. Therefore, assuming no change in our gap position, a rise in interest rates is likely to result in increased net interest income, while a decline in interest rates is likely to result in decreased net interest income. This is a point-in-time position that is continually changing and is not indicative of our position at any other time. While the gap position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate risk and contributes toward effective asset and liability management, shortcomings are inherent in gap analysis since certain assets and liabilities may not move proportionally as interest rates change. Consequently, in addition to gap analysis, we use the simulation model discussed above to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet.

 

The following table sets forth the estimated maturity or repricing, and the resulting interest rate gap, of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2010. All amounts in the table are based on contractual repricing schedules. Actual prepayment and withdrawal experience may vary significantly from the assumptions reflected in the table. For information on the fair value of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

Estimated maturity or repricing at December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Three months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

to less than

 

One to

 

Over

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

three months

 

one year

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits and federal funds sold (1)

 

$

16,751

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

16,751

 

Fixed rate loans, gross

 

61,638

 

82,716

 

323,530

 

50,543

 

518,427

 

Floating rate loans, gross

 

685,293

 

37,605

 

381,054

 

21,348

 

1,125,300

 

Investment securities held to maturity and available for sale

 

96,849

 

323,636

 

43,444

 

180,739

 

644,668

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

$

860,531

 

$

443,957

 

$

748,028

 

$

252,630

 

$

2,305,146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market

 

$

36,911

 

$

110,733

 

$

334,563

 

$

181,365

 

$

663,572

 

Savings

 

179

 

538

 

2,692

 

5,735

 

9,144

 

Eurodollar

 

105,793

 

 

 

 

105,793

 

Time deposits under $100,000

 

20,271

 

25,992

 

4,592

 

 

50,855

 

Time deposits $100,000 and over

 

190,700

 

173,790

 

13,980

 

 

378,470

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

157,690

 

 

 

 

157,690

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

14,012

 

 

 

 

14,012

 

Subordinated debentures

 

 

 

 

93,150

 

93,150

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

525,556

 

$

311,053

 

$

355,827

 

$

280,250

 

$

1,472,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate gap

 

$

334,975

 

$

132,904

 

$

392,201

 

$

(27,620

)

$

832,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate gap

 

$

334,975

 

$

467,879

 

$

860,080

 

$

832,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate gap to total assets

 

13.90

%

19.41

%

35.68

%

34.53

%

 

 

 


(1) includes restricted cash of $8.5 million, reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets with Other assets.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

To manage the relationship of our interest-earning assets and liabilities, we evaluate the following factors: liquidity, equity, debt/capital ratio, anticipated prepayment rates, portfolio maturities, maturing assets and maturing liabilities. Our Asset-Liability Management Committee is responsible for establishing procedures that enable us to achieve our goals while adhering to prudent banking practices and existing loan and investment policies.

 

We have focused on maintaining balance between interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and repricing frequencies. An important element of this focus has been to emphasize variable-rate loans and investments funded by deposits that also mature or reprice over periods of 12 months or less.

 

The following table presents, at December 31, 2010, loans by maturity in each major category of our portfolio. Actual maturities may differ from the contractual maturities shown below as a result of renewals and prepayments. Loan renewals are evaluated in the same manner as new credit applications.

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Less than

 

One to

 

Over

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

one year

 

five years

 

five years

 

Total

 

Commercial

 

$

379,678

 

$

167,009

 

$

18,458

 

$

565,145

 

Real estate — mortgage

 

260,098

 

482,966

 

40,610

 

783,674

 

Land acquisition & development

 

70,762

 

13,109

 

 

83,871

 

Real estate — construction

 

86,227

 

635

 

 

86,862

 

Consumer

 

65,492

 

18,656

 

10,460

 

94,608

 

Other

 

4,995

 

22,209

 

2,363

 

29,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

867,252

 

$

704,584

 

$

71,891

 

$

1,643,727

 

 

Of the $776.5 million of loans with maturities of one year or more, approximately $374.1 million were fixed-rate loans and $402.4 million were variable-rate loans at December 31, 2010.

 

To augment our asset and liability management strategy, we also began using interest-rate swaps on our loan portfolio in 2004, with the overall goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate fluctuations on our net interest margin. Interest-rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed-rate and variable-rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. Since we implemented the program in 2004, we have entered into 18 different interest-rate swap agreements, 2 of which were outstanding at December 31, 2010.

 

Under the interest-rate swap agreements, we receive a fixed rate and pay a variable rate based on the prime rate. The swaps qualify as cash flow hedges under ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815), and are designated as hedges of the variability of cash flows we receive from certain of our prime-indexed loans. In accordance with ASC 815, these swap agreements are measured at fair value and reported as assets or liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The portion of the change in the fair value of the swaps that is deemed effective in hedging the cash flows of the designated assets are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effects (OCI) and reclassified into interest income when such cash flows occur in the future. Any ineffectiveness resulting from the hedges is recorded as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations as a part of noninterest income.

 

Interest-rate swap information at December 31, 2010, is summarized as follows:

 

Swap effective date

 

Maturity date

 

Fixed rate

 

Notional

 

Fair market
value

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swap - June 10, 2008

 

June 1, 2011

 

6.360

%

$

5,000

 

$

67

 

Swap - October 17, 2008

 

October 1, 2011

 

5.520

%

25,000

 

437

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

30,000

 

$

504

 

 

73



Table of Contents

 

During 2010, 2009 and 2008, net interest income was increased $1.3 million, $2.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively, from the settlement of the interest-rate swaps.

 

In February 2009, the Company initiated a new series of interest-rate swap transactions designated as cash flow hedges.  The intent of the transactions are to fix the effective interest rate of payments due on its junior subordinated debentures with the objective of reducing the Company’s exposure to adverse changes in cash flows relating to payments on its LIBOR-based floating-rate debt.  The swap agreements having a total notional value of $70.0 million will fix the interest rates between 5.0% and 6.0% and mature over varying lengths of time from five and 14 years.  These interest-rate swaps were effective for cash settlements beginning in February 2010 and net interest income was decreased $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from the settlement of payments on the swaps.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Reference is made to our consolidated financial statements, the reports thereon, and the notes thereto beginning at page F-1 of this Form 10-K, which financial statements, reports, notes and data are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s CEO and the Company’s CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures at the end of the period covered by this report pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO concluded the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in reports that it files under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial ReportingDuring the fourth quarter of 2010 no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was identified in connection with this evaluation that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth in our consolidated financial statements and the reports thereon beginning at page F-1.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Information concerning the Company’s directors and officers called for by this item will be included in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2011 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding audit committee financial experts and the audit committee will be included in our 2011 Proxy

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference. Information regarding disclosure of compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will also be included in our 2011 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Conduct”) that applies to the Company’s officers, directors and employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller (collectively “Company Associates”), or persons performing similar functions. The Company has posted the Code of Conduct and will post any changes in or waivers of the Code of Conduct applicable to any Company Associate on its website at www.cobizfinancial.com.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Information concerning the compensation of Company executives called for by this item will be included in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management called for by this item will be included in the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans will be included in our 2011 Proxy Statement and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

Information concerning certain relationships and transactions between CoBiz and its affiliates called for by this item will be included in the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1)  The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting;

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009;

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008;

 

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008;

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008;

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Notes to consolidated financial statements at and for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

(2)  All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or because the required information is included in the financial statements and/or related notes.

 

(3)  Exhibits and Index of Exhibits:

(1)

 

2

 

Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 28, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

3.2

 

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

3.3

 

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

3.4

 

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

3.5

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

 

(18)

 

3.6

 

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

3.7

 

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

 

 

(23)

 

4.1

 

Form of Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Notes due 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

(23)

 

4.2

 

Form of Note Holders Agreement, dated August 18, 2008, by and between CoBiz Financial Inc. and Holders of Promissory Notes Issued by CoBiz Financial Inc. in connection with a Private Placement Memorandum of CoBiz Financial Inc. dated as of July 25, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

4.3

 

Form of Certificate for 64,450 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, issued to the United States Department of the Treasury, dated December 19, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

4.4

 

Form of the Warrant to Purchase 895,968 shares of Common Stock issued December 19, 2008 to the United States Department of the Treasury (original warrant holder).

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

10.1

 

CoBiz Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated CoBiz Inc. 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, dated at March 1, 1995, by and between Equitable Bankshares of Colorado, Inc. and Jonathan C. Lorenz.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

10.4

 

Employment Agreement, dated at January 3, 1998, by and between Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. and Richard J. Dalton.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

10.5

 

Lease Agreement between Kesef, LLC and Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. dated May 1, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

10.6

 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Kesef, LLC and Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. dated August 1, 2000.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

(7)

 

10.7

 

CoBiz Financial Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

10.8

 

2002 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

10.9

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 12, 2003, by and between CoBiz Inc. and Lyne B. Andrich.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

10.10

 

Lease Agreement between Za’hav and First Capital Bank of Arizona dated June 15, 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

10.11

 

Lease Agreement between Dorit, LLC and Colorado Business Bank, N.A. dated March 31, 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

10.12

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 19, 2004, by and between CoBiz Inc. and Steven Bangert.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

10.13

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

10.14

 

2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

10.15

 

Indemnification Agreements dated December 19, 2006 between CoBiz Inc. and each the following directors and executive officers of the Corporation: Lyne B. Andrich, Steven Bangert, Michael B. Burgamy, Jerry W. Chapman, Richard J. Dalton, Morgan Gust, Thomas M. Longust, Jonathan C. Lorenz, Evan Makovsky, Harold F. Mosanko, Robert B. Ostertag, Howard R. Ross, Noel N. Rothman, Timothy J. Travis, Mary Beth Vitale and Mary White.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

10.16

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 7, 2006, by and between CoBiz Inc. and Troy R. Dumlao.

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

 

10.17

 

Amendments dated March 16, 2006 to the Employment Agreements between CoBiz Inc. and each of Steven Bangert, Jonathan C. Lorenz, Richard J. Dalton, Lyne B. Andrich and Robert B. Ostertag.

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

 

10.18

 

Indemnification Agreement dated March 5, 2007 between CoBiz Inc. and Troy R. Dumlao.

 

 

 

 

 

(21)

 

10.19

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement dated January 16, 2009 between CoBiz Financial Inc. and Directors Douglas L. Polson and Mary Rhinehart.

 

 

 

 

 

(19)

 

10.20

 

Form of Amended and Restated Executive Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan and Agreements, dated December 31, 2007 between Cobiz Financial Inc and each of Steven Bangert, Richard J. Dalton, Lyne B. Andrich and Robert B. Ostertag.

 

 

 

 

 

(20)

 

10.21

 

Second and Third Amendments to Lease Agreement between Kesef, LLC and Colorado Business Bankshares, Inc. dated August 1, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

(22)

 

10.22

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

10.23

 

Securities Purchase Agreement , dated December 19, 2008, by and between CoBiz Financial Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

10.24

 

Form of Waiver of Claims Against the United States for changes in compensation or benefits resulting from participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

(25)

 

10.25

 

Form of Letter Agreement to Amend the executive employment contracts to conform to requirements and limitations promulgated by participation in the United States Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program and other regulations under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended) between CoBiz Financial Inc. and each of Steven Bangert, Jonathan C. Lorenz, Richard J. Dalton, Lyne B. Andrich and Robert B. Ostertag.

 

 

 

 

 

(24)

 

10.26

 

Incentive compensation guidelines for named executive officers.

 

 

 

 

 

(27)

 

10.27

 

Employment agreement, dated August 3, 2010 by and between CoBiz Financial Inc. and N. Bruce Callow.

 

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

14

 

Code of Conduct and Ethics.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

List of subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 


(1)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-51866).

 

(2)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-50037).

 

(3)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on March 23, 2001.

 

(4)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A as filed on April 14, 2005.

 

(5)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, as filed on November 13, 1998.

 

(6)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, as filed on November 14, 2000.

 

(7)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2009 annual meeting of shareholders, as filed on April 7, 2009.

 

(8)                Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, as filed on August 14, 2002.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

(9)            Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003, as filed on November 13, 2003.

 

(10)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on March 12, 2004.

 

(11)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on November 24, 2004.

 

(12)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, as filed on November 9, 2007.

 

(13)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, as filed on August 9, 2006.

 

(14)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on December 18, 2006.

 

(15)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on December 20, 2006.

 

(16)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on March 20, 2006.

 

(17)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed on March 15, 2007.

 

(18)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, as filed on August 9, 2007.

 

(19)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed on March 17, 2008.

 

(20)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed April 4, 2008.

 

(21)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on January 20, 2009.

 

(22)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2008 annual meeting of shareholders, as filed on April 15, 2008.

 

(23)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed August 22, 2008.

 

(24)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed January 26, 2010.

 

(25)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed December 23, 2008.

 

(26)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed February 19, 2010.

 

(27)          Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed August 4, 2010.

 


(b)         Exhibits - See exhibit index included in Item 15(a)(3) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c)          Financial Statement Schedules - See Item 15(a)(2) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: February 22, 2011

 

CoBiz Financial Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Bangert

 

Steven Bangert

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature:

 

Title:

 

Date:

/s/ Steven Bangert

 

Chairman of the Board and

 

 

Steven Bangert

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lyne B. Andrich

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

Lyne B. Andrich

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Troy R. Dumlao

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

 

Troy R. Dumlao

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael B. Burgamy

 

Director

 

 

Michael B. Burgamy

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Morgan Gust

 

Director

 

 

Morgan Gust

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Evan Makovsky

 

Director

 

 

Evan Makovsky

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas Polson

 

Director

 

 

Douglas Polson

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary Rhinehart

 

Director

 

 

Mary Rhinehart

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Noel N. Rothman

 

Director

 

 

Noel N. Rothman

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy J. Travis

 

Director

 

 

Timothy J. Travis

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary Beth Vitale

 

Director

 

 

Mary Beth Vitale

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary M. White

 

Director

 

 

Mary M. White

 

 

 

February 22, 2011

 

80


 


Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at and for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

81



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE WITH DESIGNATED LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management of CoBiz Financial Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the Company), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As of December 31, 2010, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  This assessment included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to meet the reporting requirements of section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.  Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, is effective.

 

Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2010. The report is included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”.

 

Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations

 

Management is also responsible for ensuring compliance with federal and state laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders and dividend restrictions and which are designated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve Bank and the Colorado Division of Banking as safety and soundness laws and regulations.

 

Management assessed its compliance with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations and has maintained records of its determinations and assessments as required by the FDIC.  Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company has complied, in all material respects, with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Steven Bangert

 

By: /s/ Lyne B. Andrich

Steven Bangert

 

Lyne B. Andrich

Chairman of the Board and

 

Executive Vice President and

Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

CoBiz Financial Inc.

Denver, Colorado

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of CoBiz Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C).  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.

 

F - 1



Table of Contents

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, of the Company and our report dated February 22, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Denver, Colorado

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

F - 2



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

CoBiz Financial Inc.

Denver, Colorado

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CoBiz Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CoBiz Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Denver, Colorado

 

February 22, 2011

 

 

F - 3



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

15,929

 

$

28,986

 

Interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold

 

8,237

 

18,651

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

24,166

 

47,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale (cost of $626,023 and $517,192, respectively)

 

637,444

 

529,205

 

Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $270 and $308, respectively)

 

262

 

302

 

Other investments

 

6,962

 

16,473

 

Total investments

 

644,668

 

545,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - net of allowance for loan losses of $65,892 and $75,116, respectively

 

1,577,835

 

1,705,750

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

1,820

 

Intangible assets - net of amortization of $4,551 and $3,909, respectively

 

4,119

 

4,910

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

36,043

 

34,560

 

Premises and equipment - net of depreciation of $29,433 and $26,831, respectively

 

9,048

 

8,203

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,081

 

8,184

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

16,449

 

29,654

 

Other real estate owned - net of valuation allowance of $5,879 and $804, respectively

 

25,095

 

25,182

 

Other

 

49,584

 

54,135

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

2,395,088

 

$

2,466,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

$

681,534

 

$

542,768

 

NOW and money market

 

663,572

 

708,445

 

Savings

 

9,144

 

10,552

 

Eurodollar

 

105,793

 

107,500

 

Certificates of deposits

 

429,325

 

599,568

 

Total deposits

 

1,889,368

 

1,968,833

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

157,690

 

139,794

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

14,012

 

240

 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

38,930

 

32,418

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

20,984

 

20,984

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

2,193,150

 

2,234,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative preferred, $.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; and 64,450 issued and outstanding ($64,450 liquidation value)

 

1

 

1

 

Common, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; and 36,876,658 and 36,723,853 issued and outstanding, respectively

 

366

 

365

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

225,454

 

222,609

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(30,414

)

(2,543

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax of $3,882 and $6,142, respectively

 

6,331

 

10,019

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

201,738

 

230,451

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

200

 

1,129

 

TOTAL EQUITY

 

201,938

 

231,580

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

$

2,395,088

 

$

2,466,015

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F - 4



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

93,675

 

$

105,310

 

$

122,418

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

21,659

 

23,470

 

21,411

 

Nontaxable securities

 

44

 

98

 

121

 

Dividends on securities

 

419

 

467

 

684

 

Federal funds sold and other

 

182

 

105

 

274

 

Total interest income

 

115,979

 

129,450

 

144,908

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

12,338

 

19,680

 

34,671

 

Interest on short-term borrowings and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

1,119

 

2,019

 

9,996

 

Interest on subordinated debentures

 

5,691

 

4,367

 

4,890

 

Total interest expense

 

19,148

 

26,066

 

49,557

 

NET INTEREST INCOME BEFORE PROVISION

 

96,831

 

103,384

 

95,351

 

Provision for loan losses

 

35,127

 

105,815

 

39,796

 

NET INTEREST INCOME (LOSS) AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

61,704

 

(2,431

)

55,555

 

NONINTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges

 

4,957

 

4,919

 

4,067

 

Investment advisory and trust income

 

5,439

 

5,186

 

6,345

 

Insurance income

 

13,014

 

11,778

 

15,113

 

Investment banking income

 

5,650

 

1,154

 

5,055

 

Other income

 

5,948

 

4,590

 

5,198

 

Total noninterest income

 

35,008

 

27,627

 

35,778

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

61,673

 

54,859

 

57,368

 

Occupancy expenses, premises and equipment

 

13,594

 

13,215

 

13,075

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

642

 

674

 

724

 

FDIC and other assessments

 

5,305

 

4,871

 

1,504

 

Other real estate owned and loan workout costs

 

6,388

 

4,660

 

687

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

46,160

 

 

Net other than temporary impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings

 

451

 

922

 

 

Loss on securities, other assets and other real estate owned

 

7,977

 

4,677

 

4,592

 

Other

 

13,082

 

11,372

 

11,767

 

Total noninterest expense

 

109,112

 

141,410

 

89,717

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

(12,400

)

(116,214

)

1,616

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

10,028

 

(32,859

)

(91

)

NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST

 

$

(22,428

)

$

(83,355

)

$

1,707

 

LESS: NET (INCOME) LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST

 

(209

)

314

 

(379

)

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

(22,637

)

$

(83,041

)

$

1,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNREALIZED APPRECIATION (DEPRECIATION) ON SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS - net of income taxes

 

(3,688

)

9,464

 

549

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

(26,325

)

$

(73,577

)

$

1,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F - 5



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Financial Inc. Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Paid-In

 

Earnings

 

Income

 

Noncontrolling

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Total

 

Issued

 

Amount

 

Issued

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

(Loss)

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE — January 1, 2008

 

$

190,933

 

 

 

22,992,756

 

$

230

 

$

96,906

 

$

92,128

 

$

6

 

$

1,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect adjustment pursuant to the adoption of ASC Topic 715, Compensation - Retirement Benefits

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

Series B Preferred stock and warrant, net of issuance costs

 

64,398

 

64,450

 

1

 

 

 

64,397

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

642

 

 

 

98,532

 

1

 

641

 

 

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

603

 

 

 

67,974

 

1

 

602

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

 

 

 

 

215,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

1,762

 

 

 

 

 

1,762

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid-common ($0.28 per share)

 

(6,489

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,489

)

 

 

Dividends paid/accumulated-preferred stock (5% on $64,450 liquidation value)

 

(107

)

 

 

 

 

17

 

(124

)

 

 

Net change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities and derivative securities, net of income taxes of $337

 

549

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

549

 

 

Net income

 

1,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,328

 

 

379

 

Net distribution to noncontrolling interest

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

BALANCE — December 31, 2008

 

254,084

 

64,450

 

1

 

23,374,762

 

232

 

164,484

 

86,827

 

555

 

1,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

153

 

 

 

23,479

 

 

153

 

 

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

371

 

 

 

79,662

 

1

 

370

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of offering costs ($3,609)

 

55,816

 

 

 

13,205,600

 

132

 

55,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

 

 

 

 

40,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

1,543

 

 

 

 

 

1,543

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid-common ($0.10 per share)

 

(2,597

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,597

)

 

 

Dividends paid/accumulated-preferred stock (5% on $64,450 liquidation value)

 

(3,222

)

 

 

 

 

510

 

(3,732

)

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale securities and derivative securities, net of income taxes of $(4,844)

 

9,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,464

 

 

Net loss

 

(83,355

)

 

 

 

 

 

(83,041

)

 

(314

)

Net distribution to noncontrolling interest

 

(542

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(542

)

Other

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

BALANCE — December 31, 2009

 

231,580

 

64,450

 

1

 

36,723,853

 

365

 

222,609

 

(2,543

)

10,019

 

1,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

239

 

 

 

43,912

 

 

239

 

 

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

496

 

 

 

90,569

 

1

 

495

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures

 

 

 

 

18,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

1,591

 

 

 

 

 

1,591

 

 

 

 

Tax deficit from stock-based compensation

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

Dividends paid-common ($0.04 per share)

 

(1,470

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,470

)

 

 

Dividends paid/accumulated-preferred stock (5% on $64,450 liquidation value)

 

(3,222

)

 

 

 

 

542

 

(3,764

)

 

 

Net change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities and derivative securities, net of income taxes of $2,260

 

(3,688

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,688

)

 

Net loss

 

(22,428

)

 

 

 

 

 

(22,637

)

 

209

 

Net distribution to noncontrolling interest

 

(1,138

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,138

)

BALANCE — December 31, 2010

 

$

201,938

 

64,450

 

$

1

 

36,876,658

 

$

366

 

$

225,454

 

$

(30,414

)

$

6,331

 

$

200

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F - 6



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 (in thousands) 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(22,428

)

$

(83,355

)

$

1,707

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amortization on investment securities

 

1,716

 

559

 

577

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

3,862

 

4,386

 

4,447

 

Amortization of net loan fees

 

11

 

(924

)

(2,357

)

Provision for loan and credit losses

 

35,033

 

105,711

 

39,479

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,591

 

1,543

 

1,762

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividend

 

(189

)

(245

)

(475

)

Deferred income taxes

 

15,050

 

(18,493

)

(9,669

)

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

(9

)

(5

)

(159

)

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

 

(1,262

)

(1,184

)

(1,172

)

Supplemental executive retirement plan

 

807

 

85

 

717

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

46,160

 

 

Loss on securities, other assets and other real estate owned

 

8,428

 

5,599

 

4,592

 

Other operating activities, net

 

(1,311

)

(1,258

)

(1,280

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid FDIC Insurance

 

4,205

 

(10,262

)

 

Restricted Cash

 

 

(7,358

)

 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

3,218

 

(2,390

)

(1,895

)

Accrued interest receivable

 

103

 

433

 

1,584

 

Other assets

 

8,781

 

(11,077

)

(2,756

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

57,606

 

27,925

 

35,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of other investments

 

(1,564

)

(542

)

(6,577

)

Proceeds from other investments

 

12,348

 

8,705

 

1,104

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(405,063

)

(136,436

)

(210,855

)

Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale

 

431

 

2,158

 

 

Maturities of investment securities available for sale

 

290,003

 

109,275

 

109,104

 

Maturities of investment securities held to maturity

 

38

 

77

 

93

 

Restricted cash

 

(8,514

)

 

 

Purchase of Bernard Dietrich and Associates

 

 

 

(6,781

)

Deferred payments and cash paid in earn-outs, net

 

 

(375

)

 

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(2,658

)

 

Net proceeds from sale of loans, OREO and repossessed assets

 

38,147

 

16,873

 

2,140

 

Loan originations and repayments, net

 

49,026

 

136,985

 

(210,614

)

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

(3,046

)

(2,784

)

(3,737

)

Other investing activities, net

 

1

 

(567

)

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(28,193

)

130,711

 

(326,121

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in demand, NOW, money market, Eurodollar and savings accounts

 

90,778

 

252,287

 

(42,479

)

Net increase (decrease) in certificates of deposits

 

(170,243

)

77,496

 

(61,441

)

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

13,771

 

(542,823

)

345,619

 

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

17,896

 

6,316

 

(34,858

)

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable, net

 

 

 

20,900

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

 

735

 

56,340

 

1,245

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants, net

 

 

 

64,398

 

Dividends paid on common stock

 

(1,470

)

(2,597

)

(6,613

)

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

(3,222

)

(2,919

)

 

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

9

 

5

 

159

 

Net distribution to noncontrolling interests

 

(1,138

)

(542

)

(57

)

Other financing activities, net

 

 

(51

)

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(52,884

)

(156,488

)

286,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(23,471

)

2,148

 

(4,137

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

47,637

 

45,489

 

49,626

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

 

$

24,166

 

$

47,637

 

$

45,489

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F - 7



Table of Contents

 

COBIZ FINANCIAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

 

1.              NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The accounting and reporting practices of CoBiz Financial Inc. (Parent)  and its wholly owned subsidiaries: CoBiz Bank (the Bank); Financial Designs Ltd. (FDL); CoBiz Insurance Inc.; CoBiz GMB, Inc.; and CoBiz IM, Inc. (CoBiz IM), formerly CoBiz ACMG Inc, collectively referred to as the Company or CoBiz, conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices within the banking industry. The operations of the Company are comprised predominately of the Bank, which operates in its Colorado market areas under the name Colorado Business Bank (CBB) and in its Arizona market areas under the name Arizona Business Bank (ABB).

 

On July 1, 2010, the Company merged Wagner Investment Management, Inc. (Wagner) into Alexander Capital Management Group, LLC (ACMG) and renamed ACMG as CoBiz Investment Management, LLC (CoBiz Investment).  CoBiz Investment is a wholly owned subsidiary of CoBiz IM. The merger of these two SEC-registered investment management firms is part of the Company’s strategic initiative to create a focused wealth management offering.

 

Organization — The Bank is a commercial banking institution with nine locations in the Denver metropolitan area; one in Boulder; two near Vail; and seven in the Phoenix metropolitan area. As a state chartered bank, deposits are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, the Colorado Division of Banking and the FDIC. Pursuant to such regulations, the Bank is subject to special restrictions, supervisory requirements and potential enforcement actions. CoBiz IM provides wealth planning and investment management to institutions and individuals through its subsidiary CoBiz Investment. FDL provides wealth transfer, employee benefits consulting, insurance brokerage and related administrative support to individuals, families and employers. CoBiz Insurance, Inc. provides commercial and personal property and casualty insurance brokerage, as well as risk management consulting services to small and medium-sized businesses and individuals. CoBiz GMB, Inc. provides investment banking services to middle-market companies through its wholly owned subsidiary, Green Manning & Bunch, Ltd. (GMB).

 

Use of Estimates — In preparing its financial statements, the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses; the recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets; valuation of other real estate owned; fair value; recoverability of deferred taxes; and stock-based compensation.

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s significant accounting and reporting policies.

 

Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include entities in which the Parent has a controlling financial interest.  These entities include; the Bank; FDL; CoBiz Insurance Inc.; CoBiz GMB, Inc.; and CoBiz IM. Intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.  The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (VIE).

 

F - 8



Table of Contents

 

The voting interest model is used when the equity investment is sufficient to absorb the expected losses and the equity investment has all of the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Under the voting interest model, the party with the controlling voting interest consolidates the legal entity.  The VIE model is used when any of the following conditions exist: the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to finance the entity’s activities without additional subordinated financial support; the holders of the equity investment do not have a controlling voting interest; or the holders of the equity investment are not obligated to absorb the expected losses or residual returns of the legal entity. An enterprise is considered to have a controlling financial interest of a VIE if it has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses, or receive benefits, that are significant to the VIE. An enterprise that has a controlling financial interest is considered the primary beneficiary and must consolidate the VIE.

 

The Company’s wholly owned trusts, CoBiz Statutory Trust I, CoBiz Capital Trust II and CoBiz Capital Trust III are VIEs for which the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary.  In making this determination, the Company considered its role and economic interest in the trusts, as well as the trusts’ business purpose and capital structure.  Based on the capitalization structure of the Trusts’, the Company is not exposed to loss as the Company’s investments are offset by a corresponding liability.  See Note 9 for additional information on the trusts.

 

The Company also has investments in four limited partnerships that are each considered a VIE.  The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these partnerships.  Where the Company is not a primary beneficiary of a VIE, but can exert significant influence over the investee, the Company uses the equity method of accounting.  The Company considered all facts and circumstances in its assessment of the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, including its rights and responsibilities and related party interests.  In addition, the Company considered all economic interests in its assessment of the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE. The maximum exposure to loss with these VIEs is the Company’s current investment in addition to its commitments to make future capital contributions. The primary source of loss exposure on these VIEs is credit risk on the underlying investments of the partnerships.  See “Other Assets” within this Note 1 for additional information on these investments and Note 15 for additional information on the future commitments.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets, liabilities, commitments and loss exposure on VIEs at December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance

 

Balance Sheet Classification

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly owned trusts

 

$

2,172

 

Other investments

 

Investments in limited partnerships

 

8,883

 

Other assets

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

$

72,166

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

Commitments:

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in limited partnerships

 

$

4,724

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

Maximum exposure to loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Wholly owned trusts

 

$

 

 

 

Investments in limited partnerships

 

13,607

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include amounts that the Company is required to maintain at the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City to meet certain regulatory reserve balance requirements. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company was required to maintain reserve balances of $2.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively.  The following table shows supplemental disclosures of certain cash and noncash items:

 

F - 9



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands) 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Cash paid (received) during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

19,717

 

$

26,181

 

$

51,089

 

Income taxes

 

(14,814

)

(1,933

)

11,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other noncash activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade date accounting for investment securities purchases

 

12,132

 

15,614

 

 

Loans transferred to held for sale

 

24,427

 

5,600

 

 

Loans transferred to OREO and repossessed assets

 

20,691

 

35,252

 

11,001

 

Loans held for sale transferred to other real estate owned

 

 

1,076

 

 

Financed sales of loans held for sale

 

1,152

 

 

 

Financed sales of other real estate owned

 

 

114

 

 

Lessor-paid tenant improvement allowance

 

1,109

 

76

 

376

 

Deferred payment for acquisition of Bernard Dietrich and Associates

 

 

 

375

 

 

Restricted Cash — Restricted cash consists of cash deposits that are contractually restricted as collateral for outstanding letters of credit.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had restricted cash of $15.9 million and $7.4 million, respectively, recorded as assets under the caption “Other” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Investments — The Company classifies its investment securities as held to maturity, available for sale or trading, according to management’s intent. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no trading securities.

 

Available for sale securities consist of mortgage-backed securities, bonds, notes and debentures not classified as held to maturity securities and are reported at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, are reported as a net amount in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized.

 

Investment securities held to maturity consist of mortgage-backed securities, bonds, notes and debentures for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization or accretion of premiums and discounts.

 

Premiums and discounts, adjusted for prepayments as applicable, are recognized in interest income using the level-yield method over the period to maturity. Other than temporary declines in the fair value of individual investment securities held to maturity and available for sale are charged against earnings. Gains and losses on disposal of investment securities are determined using the specific-identification method.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance amending existing GAAP relating to other than temporary impairment (OTTI) for debt securities to improve presentation and disclosure of OTTI on in the financial statements.  This guidance requires the Company to separate the amount of the OTTI into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between a security’s amortized cost basis and the discounted present value of expected future cash flows. The amount due to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.  See Note 3 — Investments.

 

Bank Stocks — Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (FHLB), Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent bank stocks are accounted for under the cost method.  See Note 3 — Investments.

 

Loans — Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, deferred fees or costs on originated loans, and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest is accrued and credited to income daily based on the principal balance outstanding. The accrual of interest income is generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due as to principal and interest. When a loan is designated as nonaccrual, the current

 

F - 10



Table of Contents

 

period’s accrued interest receivable is charged against current earnings while any portions relating to prior periods are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied to the principal balance of the loan. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured and there has been demonstrated performance in accordance with contractual terms.  Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when the loan is in the process of collection and the realizable value of collateral is sufficient to cover the principal balance and accrued interest.  See Note 4 — Loans.

 

Loans Held For Sale — Loans held for sale include loans the Company has demonstrated the ability and intent to sell.  Loans held for sale are primarily nonperforming loans.  Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are evaluated on a loan by loan basis.

 

Loan Origination Fees and Costs — Loan fees and certain costs of originating loans are deferred and the net amount is amortized over the contractual life of the related loans in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses — The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged against earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as new information becomes available.

 

Impaired loans — Impaired loans, with the exception of groups of smaller-balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, are defined as loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans that are deemed to be impaired are evaluated in accordance with ASC Topic 310-10-35, Receivables — Subsequent Measurement (ASC 310) and ASC Topic 450-20, Loss Contingencies (ASC 450).  Included in impaired loans are troubled debt restructurings.  A troubled debt restructuring is a formal restructure of a loan where the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the loan balance or accrued interest, and extension of the maturity date.  Troubled debt restructurings are evaluated in accordance with ASC Topic 310-10-40, Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors. See Note 4 — Loans.   Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of principal is reasonably assured.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses — The allowance for credit losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for credit losses charged to earnings. The allowance for credit losses represents management’s recognition of a separate reserve for off-balance sheet

 

F - 11



Table of Contents

 

loan commitments and letters of credit. While the allowance for loan losses is recorded as a contra-asset to the loan portfolio on the consolidated balance sheets, the allowance for credit losses is recorded under the caption “Accrued interest and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Although the allowances are presented separately on the balance sheets, any losses incurred from credit losses would be reported as a charge-off in the allowance for loan losses, as any loss would be recorded after the off-balance sheet commitment had been funded.  See Note 4 — Loans.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets — Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually on at year end or when triggering events occur. Intangible assets, primarily consisting of customer contracts and relationships, are being amortized by the straight-line method over three to 15 years.  Intangible assets with an indefinite life are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis.  See Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) — The Bank invested in Bank-Owned Life Insurance policies to fund certain future employee benefit costs and are recorded at net realizable value. Changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations under the caption “Other income.”

 

Premises and Equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. The Company reviews the carrying value of property and equipment for indications of impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 360-10-35, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.  See Note 5 — Premises and Equipment.

 

Other Assets — Included in other assets are certain investments, where the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence or has ownership between 20% and 50% that are accounted for under the equity method. The Company’s equity method investments consist of four limited partnership mezzanine funds (the Funds) licensed as Small Business Investment Companies that invest primarily in subordinated debt securities. In certain circumstances, the Funds may also receive warrants or other equity positions as part of their investments. There were no transactions between the Company and the Funds for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The Company recognized income from the Funds of $1.5 million, $0.9 million, and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which is included in “Other Income” in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Repossessed Assets — Assets acquired through repossession are held for sale and initially recorded at estimated fair value at the date of repossession.  Subsequent to repossession, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.  Repossessed assets included in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Other assets” at December 31, 2009 totaled $0.1 million and there were none at December 31, 2010. There were no valuation adjustments charged to operations on repossessed assets for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) — OREO held for sale acquired through foreclosure, physical possession or in settlement of debt is valued at estimated fair value at the date of receipt and a related valuation allowance is provided for estimated costs to sell.  Subsequent to foreclosure, OREO is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell . Subsequent declines in value are charged to operations.  Valuation adjustments charged to operations on OREO for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 totaled $7.4 million, $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

 

F - 12



Table of Contents

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase — The Company sells certain securities under agreements to repurchase with its customers and other financial institutions. The agreements transacted with its customers are utilized as an overnight investment product service, while the agreements with other financial institutions are transacted as a wholesale borrowing source. Both types of agreements are treated as secured borrowings, where the agreements are reflected as a liability of the Company and the securities underlying the agreements are reflected as a Company asset.  See Note 8 — Borrowed Funds.

 

Derivative Instruments — Derivative financial instruments are accounted for at fair value. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to hedge a portion of its exposure to interest rate changes. These instruments are accounted for as cash flow hedges, as defined by ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815). The Company also has a derivative program that offers interest rate caps, floors, swaps and collars to customers of the Bank. The fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and the fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim or obligation to return cash collateral are offset when represented under a master netting arrangement.  See Note 10 — Derivatives.

 

Self Insurance Reserves — The Company self-insures a portion of its employee medical costs. The Company maintains a liability for incurred-but-not-reported claims based on assumptions as to eligible employees, historical claims experience and lags in claims reporting.

 

Investment Advisory and Trust Income — Fees earned from providing investment advisory services are based on the market value of assets under management and are collected either at the beginning or end of each quarter. Fees received at the beginning of the quarter are deferred and recognized ratably over the period as services are performed.

 

Insurance Income — Insurance income includes commissions on the sale of life and property and casualty insurance policies and other employee benefit products earned as an agent for unaffiliated insurance underwriters. Life insurance and property and casualty income are primarily recognized upon policy origination and renewal dates. Benefits brokerage income is recognized on a monthly basis as the customer pays their insurance premiums.

 

Investment Banking Income — Investment banking income includes nonrefundable retainer fees recognized over the expected term of the engagement and success fees recognized when the transaction is completed and collectibility of fees is reasonably assured.

 

Income Taxes — A deferred income tax liability or asset is recognized for temporary differences which exist in the recognition of certain income and expense items for financial statement reporting purposes in periods different than for tax reporting purposes. The provision for income taxes is based on the amount of current and deferred income taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as measured by the provisions of current tax laws.  A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, taxes paid in prior carryback years, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in its assessment of a valuation allowance.  See Note 11 — Income Taxes.

 

Stock-Based Compensation — Pursuant to ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (ASC 718), the Company recognizes the fair value of stock-based awards to employees as compensation cost over the requisite service period.  See Note 14 — Employee Benefit and Stock Compensation Plans.

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share — Basic earnings per share is based on the two-class method prescribed in ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share (ASC 260).   The weighted-average number of shares outstanding used to compute diluted earnings per share include the number of additional

 

F - 13



Table of Contents

 

common shares that would be outstanding if the potential dilutive common shares and common share equivalents had been issued at the beginning of the period.  See Note 13 — Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share.

 

Segment Information — The Company has disclosed separately the results of operations relating to its segments in Note 19 — Segments.

 

Fair Value Measurements —  The Company measures financial assets, financial liabilities, nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities pursuant to ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820).  ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  See Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted the guidance in ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) — Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements (ASU 2010-06), which adds new requirements for disclosures for Levels 1 and 2, separate disclosures of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements and clarification of existing fair value disclosures.  ASU 2010-06 was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010.  The adoption of the update effective in 2010 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.  The Company is evaluating the effect, if any, the update effective in 2011 will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (ASU 2010-20).  ASU 2010-20 is intended to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about the nature of credit risk in an entity’s portfolio of financing receivables; how risk is analyzed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses.  ASU 2010-20 was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2010, except for certain disclosures related to activity occurring during a reporting period which will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  The adoption of the update effective in 2010 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.  The Company is evaluating the effect, if any, the update effective in 2011 will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

2.              ACQUISITIONS AND EARN-OUT ARRANGEMENTS

 

Wagner Investment Management, Inc. — On December 31, 2007, the Company acquired Wagner, an SEC-registered investment advisor located in Denver, CO.  The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Wagner’s acquisition had no impact on the results of operations included in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The acquisition of Wagner was completed through the purchase of all of Wagner’s common stock as of the purchase date.

 

The aggregate purchase price was $3.2 million consisting of 80,908 shares of CoBiz common stock valued at $1.2 million; $1.9 million in cash; and $0.1 million in direct acquisition costs consisting primarily of external legal fees. The Company allocated $2.1 million of the purchase price to goodwill.  Goodwill arising from this transaction is tax deductible.  Additionally, the Company recorded $1.1 million in intangible assets consisting primarily of a customer list, trademark and a lease intangible.

 

The terms of the Wagner purchase agreement provide for additional earn-out payments for each of the calendar years 2008 through 2010 to be paid to the former shareholders of Wagner in proportion to their respective ownership immediately prior to the acquisition.  No earn-out payment was payable

 

F - 14



Table of Contents

 

for the 2008, 2009 or 2010 calendar years because Wagner’s performance did not exceed the hurdle rate set forth in the purchase agreement.

 

Bernard Dietrich and Associates, Inc. — On January 2, 2008, the Company acquired the assets and employees of Bernard Dietrich and Associates, Inc. (BDA), a provider of commercial and personal property and casualty insurance brokerage, and risk management consulting services located in Phoenix, AZ. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, BDA’s results of operations were included on the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

 

The aggregate purchase price was $6.8 million, consisting of $6.7 million in cash and $0.1 million in direct acquisition costs.  A deposit of $0.8 million was also put into escrow for potential additional consideration. The terms of the BDA merger agreement provided for deferred payments for each of the calendar years 2008 and 2009 to be paid to the former shareholders of BDA in proportion to their respective ownership immediately prior to the acquisition. The deferred payments were payable in cash from the escrowed funds of $0.8 million.  The deferred payments were a maximum of $0.4 million and $0.8 million for 2008 and 2009, respectively. The aggregate amount of total deferred payments during this two-year period could not exceed $0.8 million. The yearly deferred payments were based on maintaining a revenue threshold as defined in the BDA asset purchase agreement.  For the deferred payment period ended December 31, 2008, the Company paid $0.4 million in January 2009 based on the 2008 revenue threshold.  During 2009, the revenue threshold was not maintained and the final deferred payment of $0.4 million was released to the Company from escrow.

 

The Company allocated $3.9 million of the purchase price to goodwill, which is tax deductible, $3.2 million to a customer list intangible asset and $0.1 million to other miscellaneous assets.  The customer list will be amortized over 15 years.

 

General — Earn-out payments for the Wagner transaction as well as deferred payments for the BDA transaction, to the extent paid, were treated as additional costs of the acquisitions and recorded as goodwill in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805).  In determining the classification of earn-out and deferred payments as additional costs of the acquisitions rather than compensation, the Company considered the following factors from ASC 805:

 

·                  terms of continuing employment;

·                  components of shareholder group;

·                  reasons for contingent consideration;

·                  linkage to the valuation;

·                  formula for determining contingent consideration; and

·                  other agreements and issues

 

Goodwill arising from these transactions was initially allocated between the operating segments expected to benefit from the acquisitions. The Company conducted goodwill impairment tests at March 31, 2009, and September 30, 2009, due to events and circumstances during those periods, and as a result recorded a goodwill impairment of $46.2 million during 2009, that includes all goodwill from the Wagner and BDA acquisitions.  For further discussion of goodwill, see Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

3.              INVESTMENTS

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities are summarized as follows:

 

F - 15



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

unrealized

 

unrealized

 

Estimated

 

(in thousands)

 

cost

 

gains

 

losses

 

fair value

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

400,130

 

$

10,740

 

$

2,893

 

$

407,977

 

U.S. government agencies

 

80,214

 

449

 

44

 

80,619

 

Trust preferred securities

 

86,543

 

2,556

 

791

 

88,308

 

Corporate debt securities

 

58,204

 

1,425

 

34

 

59,595

 

Municipal securities

 

932

 

13

 

 

945

 

 

 

$

626,023

 

$

15,183

 

$

3,762

 

$

637,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

262

 

$

8

 

$

 

$

270

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

unrealized

 

unrealized

 

Estimated

 

(in thousands)

 

cost

 

gains

 

losses

 

fair value

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

391,394

 

$

14,630

 

$

3,111

 

$

402,913

 

U.S. government agencies

 

56,733

 

4

 

284

 

56,453

 

Trust preferred securities

 

34,950

 

1,236

 

1,405

 

34,781

 

Corporate debt securities

 

31,706

 

991

 

56

 

32,641

 

Municipal securities

 

2,409

 

26

 

18

 

2,417

 

 

 

$

517,192

 

$

16,887

 

$

4,874

 

$

529,205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

302

 

$

6

 

$

 

$

308

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in debt securities at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities can differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

Held to maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

(in thousands)

 

cost

 

fair value

 

cost

 

fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

10,307

 

$

10,460

 

$

 

$

 

Due after one year through five years

 

121,366

 

122,789

 

 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

7,677

 

7,910

 

 

 

Due after ten years

 

86,543

 

88,308

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

400,130

 

407,977

 

262

 

270

 

 

 

$

626,023

 

$

637,444

 

$

262

 

$

270

 

 

Investment securities with an approximate fair value of $184.4 million and $206.7 million were pledged to secure public deposits of $135.6 million and $169.7 million, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F - 16



Table of Contents

 

Market changes in interest rates and overall market illiquidity can result in fluctuations in the market price of securities resulting in temporary unrealized losses.  At December 31, 2010, the Company’s securities in a temporary unrealized loss position consisted primarily of mortgage-backed and trust preferred securities (TPS).  The mortgage-backed securities (MBS) consist of securities issued by government-sponsored entities and private label securities.  The fair value of these securities is expected to recover as the securities approach their stated maturity or repricing date.  The TPS are all single issuer securities that have been negatively impacted by the overall decrease in the financial services market.  All TPS held by the Company were paying dividends at December 31, 2010, and none had announced a future deferral of dividend payments.

 

TPS, corporate debt securities and obligations of states and political subdivisions at December 31, 2010 and 2009 do not include any single issuer for which aggregate carrying amount exceeds 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

 

In reviewing the realizable value of its securities in a loss position, the Company considered the following factors: (1) the length of time and extent to which the market had been less than cost; (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer: (3) investment downgrades by rating agencies; and (4) whether it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before a recovery in value.  When it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the security, and the fair value of the investment security is less than its amortized cost, an other than temporary impairment is recognized in earnings.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were no sales of held to maturity securities.  Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale totaled $0.4 million, $2.2 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

The Company has determined there was no unrecognized OTTI associated with the 47 securities noted within the table below at December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or Greater

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

(in thousands)

 

value

 

loss

 

value

 

loss

 

value

 

loss

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

117,405

 

$

1,038

 

$

2,432

 

$

1,855

 

$

119,837

 

$

2,893

 

U.S. government agencies

 

4,949

 

44

 

 

 

4,949

 

44

 

Trust preferred securities

 

35,775

 

591

 

4,176

 

200

 

39,951

 

791

 

Corporate debt securities

 

4,966

 

34

 

 

 

4,966

 

34

 

Total

 

$

163,095

 

$

1,707

 

$

6,608

 

$

2,055

 

$

169,703

 

$

3,762

 

 

The following table presents a roll-forward of the credit loss component of OTTI on debt securities recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2010.  The credit loss component represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the security.  The credit loss component of OTTI recognized in earnings during the year ended 2010 is presented in two parts based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit impaired or if it is additional credit impairment.  The credit loss component is reduced if the Company sells, intends to sell or believes it will be required to sell previously credit impaired securities.  Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if the Company receives cash flows in excess of what it expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit impaired debt security or when the security matures.

 

F - 17



Table of Contents

 

(in thousands)

 

Credit loss

 

Balance at April 1, 2009

 

$

2,269

 

Additions (1):

 

 

 

Initial credit impairment

 

76

 

Additional credit impairment

 

846

 

Reductions:

 

 

 

Securities intended to be sold

 

(1,860

)

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

1,331

 

Additions (1):

 

 

 

Initial credit impairment

 

70

 

Additional credit impairment

 

381

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

1,782

 

 


(1)  Excludes OTTI on investments the Company intends to sell.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized $0.6 million in OTTI of which $0.4 million was credit related OTTI recognized in earnings on three private-label mortgage-backed securities.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded an OTTI of $2.3 million of which $1.3 million was credit related OTTI on two private-label mortgage-backed securities and $1.0 million was on two single-issuer TPS intended to be sold.  The amount of OTTI related to other factors was recorded in other comprehensive income.  In determining the credit loss, the Company estimated expected future cash flows of the security by estimating the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral and applying those collateral cash flows, together with any credit enhancements such as subordination interests owned by third parties to the security. The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which consider current and future delinquencies, default rates and loss severities) and prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted to arrive at a present value amount.

 

The following table presents a summary of the significant inputs considered in determining the measurement of the credit loss component recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2010, for the aforementioned three private-label mortgage-backed securities.  A range of inputs is provided for securities with multiple impairments during the year.

 

 

 

Security #1

 

 

 

 

 

Inputs

 

Low

 

High

 

Security #2

 

Security #3

 

Prepayment speed (CPR) (1)

 

7.10

%

8.30

%

10.00

%

10.70

%

Default rate (CDR) (2)

 

6.46

%

6.87

%

9.94

%

2.42

%

Severity (3)

 

39.80

%

43.20

%

48.50

%

35.20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Impairment (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security # 1

 

$

271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security # 2

 

$

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security # 3

 

$

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Estimated prepayments as a percentage of outstanding loans

(2) Estimated default rate as a percentage of outstanding loans

(3) Estimated loss rate on collateral liquidations

 

Other investments at December 31, 2010 and 2009, consist of the following:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank stocks — at cost

 

$

4,790

 

$

14,300

 

Investment in statutory trusts — equity method

 

2,172

 

2,173

 

 

 

$

6,962

 

$

16,473

 

 

F - 18



Table of Contents

 

Bank stocks — at cost consists primarily of stock in the FHLB which is part of the Federal Home Loan Bank System (FHLB System).  During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company sold $9.4 million of stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (FHLB).  The Company’s investment is primarily related to maintaining a borrowing base with the FHLB.  As the Company’s liquidity position has improved, the need for a large borrowing base has decreased and the excess stock was redeemed with the FHLB.  To the extent that the Company’s need for wholesale funding increases, the Company may purchase additional stock in the future. The Company evaluates impairment in this investment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value and at December 31, 2010, did not consider the investment to be other than temporarily impaired.

 

4.                                      LOANS

 

The following disclosure reports the Company’s loan portfolio segments and classes.  Segments are groupings of similar loans at a level which the Company has adopted systematic methods of documentation for determining its allowance for loan and credit losses. Classes are a disaggregation of the portfolio segments. Loan portfolio segments at December 31, 2010 and 2009 include:

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

564,882

 

$

559,342

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

784,009

 

833,294

 

Land acquisition & development

 

83,909

 

152,667

 

Real estate - construction

 

87,116

 

144,069

 

Consumer

 

94,661

 

76,103

 

Other

 

29,388

 

15,698

 

Gross loans held for investment

 

1,643,965

 

1,781,173

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(65,892

)

(75,116

)

Unearned net loan fees

 

(238

)

(307

)

Net loans held for investment

 

1,577,835

 

1,705,750

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

1,820

 

Total net loans

 

$

1,577,835

 

$

1,707,570

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, overdraft demand deposits totaling $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively, were reclassified from deposits to loans.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s lending activity occurs within the states of Colorado and Arizona, specifically in the Denver and Phoenix metropolitan areas, respectively.  The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of Commercial and Real estate mortgage loans.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no concentrations of loans related to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans.  However, the Company may be subject to additional regulatory supervisory oversight to the extent its concentration in commercial real estate lending exceeds regulatory guidelines.  Pursuant to interagency guidance issued by the Federal Reserve and other federal banking agencies, supervisory criteria were put in place to define commercial real estate concentrations as:

 

·                  Construction, land development and other land loans that represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or

·                  Commercial real estate loans (as defined in the guidance) that represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the real estate portfolio has increased by more than 50% or more during the prior 36 months.

 

F - 19



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company was below these guidelines and was not considered to have a commercial real estate concentration.  At December 31, 2009 , the Company was considered to have a commercial real estate concentration.

 

The Company maintains a loan review program independent of the lending function that is designed to reduce and control risk in the lending function. It includes the continuous monitoring of lending activities with respect to underwriting and processing new loans, preventing insider abuse and timely follow-up and corrective action for loans showing signs of deterioration in quality. The Company also has a systematic process to evaluate individual loans and pools of loans within our loan portfolio. The Company maintains a loan grading system whereby each loan is assigned a grade between 1 and 8, with 1 representing the highest quality credit, 7 representing a nonaccrual loan where collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable, and 8 representing a loss that has been or will be charged-off.  Grades are assigned based upon the degree of risk associated with repayment of a loan in the normal course of business pursuant to the original terms.  Loans that are graded 5 or lower are categorized as non-classified credits while loans graded 6 and higher are categorized as classified credits. Loans above a certain dollar amount that are adversely graded are reported to the Loan Committee and the Chief Credit Officer along with current financial information, a collateral analysis and an action plan.

 

The loan portfolio showing total non-classified and classified balances by loan class is summarized below:

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

(in thousands)

 

Non-classified

 

Classified

 

Total

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

$

72,036

 

$

14,695

 

$

86,731

 

Finance and insurance

 

75,258

 

2,061

 

77,319

 

Health care

 

70,110

 

396

 

70,506

 

Real estate services

 

63,272

 

15,948

 

79,220

 

Construction

 

41,125

 

10,224

 

51,349

 

Retail trade

 

22,516

 

4,367

 

26,883

 

Wholesale trade

 

51,219

 

2,268

 

53,487

 

Other

 

111,387

 

8,000

 

119,387

 

 

 

506,923

 

57,959

 

564,882

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential & commercial owner-occupied

 

403,644

 

28,261

 

431,905

 

Residential & Commercial Investor

 

313,157

 

38,947

 

352,104

 

 

 

716,801

 

67,208

 

784,009

 

Land acquisition & development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

17,540

 

10,050

 

27,590

 

Residential

 

33,168

 

10,613

 

43,781

 

Other

 

8,599

 

3,939

 

12,538

 

 

 

59,307

 

24,602

 

83,909

 

Real estate - construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential & commercial owner-occupied

 

22,411

 

 

22,411

 

Residential & commercial investor

 

43,939

 

20,766

 

64,705

 

 

 

66,350

 

20,766

 

87,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

90,239

 

4,422

 

94,661

 

Other

 

29,388

 

 

29,388

 

Unearned net loan fees

 

(238

)

 

(238

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

 

$

1,468,770

 

$

174,957

 

$

1,643,727

 

 

The allowance for loan losses (ALL) is established for the purpose of recognizing estimated loan impairments before loan losses on individual loans occur thereby resulting in a subsequent charge-off.  The ALL reflects probable but unconfirmed loan impairments in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

 

F - 20



Table of Contents

 

The Company estimates the ALL in accordance with ASC 310 for purposes of evaluating loan impairment on a loan-by-loan basis and ASC 450 for purposes of collectively evaluating loan impairment by grouping loans with common risk characteristics (i.e. risk classification, past-due status, type of loan, and collateral).

 

Specific Reserves — The Company continuously evaluates its reserve for loan losses to maintain an adequate level to absorb loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Reserves on loans identified as impaired are based on discounted expected cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate, the observable market value of the loan or the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral-dependent loans. The fair value of the collateral is determined in accordance with ASC 820. Loans are considered to be impaired in accordance with the provisions of ASC 310, when it is probable that all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms will not be collected. Factors contributing to the determination of specific reserves include the financial condition of the borrower, changes in the value of pledged collateral and general economic conditions.

 

General Reserves — General reserves are considered part of the allocated portion of the allowance. The Company uses a comprehensive loan grading process for our loan portfolios. Based on this process, a loss factor is assigned to each pool of graded loans.  A combination of loss experience and external loss data is used in determining the appropriate loss factor. This estimate represents the potential unconfirmed losses within the portfolio. In evaluating the adequacy of the ALL, management considers historical losses (Migration) as well as other factors including changes in:

 

·                  Lending policies and procedures

·                  National and local economic and business conditions and developments

·                  Nature and volume of portfolio

·                  Trends of the volume and severity of past-due and classified loans

·                  Trends in the volume of nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, and other loan modifications

·                  Credit concentrations

 

The aforementioned factors enable management to recognize environmental conditions contributing to inherent losses in the portfolio, which have not yet manifested in Migration.  Due to current and recent adverse economic conditions resulting in increased loan loss levels for the Company, management relies more heavily on actual empirical charge-off history.  Management believes Migration history adequately captures a great percentage of estimated losses within the portfolio.

In addition to the allocated reserve for graded loans, a portion of the allowance is determined by segmenting the portfolio into product groupings with similar risk characteristics.  Part of the segmentation involves assigning increased reserve factors to those lending activities deemed higher-risk such as leverage-financings, unsecured loans, certain loans lacking personal guarantees, land acquisition and development loans, and speculative real-estate loans.  This supplemental portion of the allowance includes our judgmental consideration of any additional amounts necessary for subjective factors such as economic uncertainties and excess concentration risks.

 

Unallocated Reserves — The unallocated reserve, which is judgmentally determined, is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss when evaluating reserves for individual loans or pools of loans.  Included in the unallocated reserve is a missed grade component that is intended to capture the inherent risk that certain loans may be assigned the incorrect loan grade.

 

In assessing the reasonableness of management’s assumptions, consideration is given to select peer ratios, industry standards and directional consistency of the ALL.  Ratio analysis highlights divergent trends in the relationship of the ALL to nonaccrual loans, to total loans and to historical charge-offs.  Although these comparisons can be helpful as a supplement to assess reasonableness of management assumptions, they are not, by themselves, sufficient basis for determining the adequacy of the ALL.  While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of our loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

 

F - 21



Table of Contents

 

Commercial Loans —  Commercial loans consist of loans to small and medium-sized businesses in a wide variety of industries.  The Bank’s areas of emphasis in commercial lending include, but are not limited to, loans to wholesalers, manufacturers, construction and business services companies.  Commercial loans are generally collateralized by inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, real estate and other commercial assets, and may be supported by other credit enhancements such as personal guarantees.  Risk arises primarily due to a difference between expected and actual cash flows of the borrowers.  However, the recoverability of the Company’s investment in these loans is also dependent on other factors primarily dictated by the type of collateral securing these loans.  The fair value of the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate as market conditions change.  In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the recovery of the Company’s investment is dependent upon the borrowers’ ability to collect amounts due from its customers.

 

Real Estate Mortgage Loans —  Real estate mortgage loans include various types of loans for which the Company holds real property as collateral.  Commercial real estate lending activity is typically restricted to owner-occupied properties or to investor properties that are owned by customers with a current banking relationship.  The primary risks of real estate mortgage loans include the borrower’s inability to pay, material decreases in the value of the real estate that is being held as collateral and significant increases in interest rates, which may make the real estate mortgage loan unprofitable.  Real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy.

 

Land Acquisition and Development Loans —  The Company has a portfolio of loans for the acquisition and future development of land for residential building projects, as well as finished lots prepared to enter the construction phase.  Due to overall market illiquidity and the significant value declines on raw land, the Company has ceased new lending activities for the acquisition and future development of land.  The primary risks include the borrower’s inability to pay and the inability of the Company to recover its investment due to a decline in the fair value of the underlying collateral.

 

Real Estate Construction Loans   The Company originates loans to finance construction projects involving one- to four-family residences.  Residential construction loans are due upon the sale of the completed project and are generally collateralized by first liens on the real estate and have floating interest rates.  Construction loans are considered to have higher risks due to the ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property and the availability of long-term financing. Additionally, economic conditions may impact the Company’s ability to recover its investment in construction loans.  Adverse economic conditions may negatively impact the real estate market which could affect the borrowers’ ability to complete and sell the project.  Additionally, the fair value of the underlying collateral may fluctuate as market conditions change.

 

Consumer Loans   The Company provides a broad range of consumer loans to customers, including personal lines of credit, home equity loans and automobile loans.   Repayment of these loans is dependent on the borrowers’ ability to pay and the fair value of the underlying collateral.

 

Transactions in the allowance for loan and credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, are summarized below.

 

F - 22



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At and for the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

75,116

 

$

42,851

 

$

20,043

 

Provision for loan losses

 

35,127

 

105,815

 

39,796

 

Loan charge-offs

 

(50,627

)

(76,577

)

(17,144

)

Loan recoveries

 

6,276

 

3,027

 

156

 

Ending balance

 

65,892

 

75,116

 

42,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

155

 

259

 

576

 

Provision for credit losses

 

(94

)

(104

)

(317

)

Ending balance

 

61

 

155

 

259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan and credit loss

 

$

65,953

 

$

75,271

 

$

43,110

 

 

The table below presents the allowance for loan and credit losses on the basis of the entity’s impairment method:

 

At December 31, 2010
(in thousands)

 

Commercial

 

Real estate -
mortgage

 

Land acquisition
& development

 

Real estate -
construction

 

Consumer

 

Other

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

17,169

 

$

17,677

 

$

14,938

 

$

6,296

 

$

3,373

 

$

354

 

$

6,085

 

$

65,892

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

3,615

 

2,402

 

694

 

3,755

 

1,414

 

 

 

11,880

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

13,554

 

15,275

 

14,244

 

2,541

 

1,959

 

354

 

6,085

 

54,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for investment

 

$

565,145

 

$

783,675

 

$

83,871

 

$

86,862

 

$

94,607

 

$

29,567

 

$

 

$

1,643,727

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

8,722

 

24,934

 

9,690

 

12,614

 

3,060

 

 

 

59,020

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

556,423

 

758,741

 

74,181

 

74,248

 

91,547

 

29,567

 

 

1,584,707

 

 

Information on impaired loans is reported in the following table:

 

 

 

At and for the year ended December 31, 2010

 

(in thousands)

 

Recorded
investment on
impaired loans

 

Unpaid principal
balance

 

Recorded
investment with a
related ALL

 

Recorded
investment with
no related ALL

 

Average
recorded
investment

 

Related
allowance

 

Interest
income
recognized

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

$

341

 

$

570

 

$

109

 

$

232

 

$

639

 

$

41

 

$

 

Finance and insurance

 

608

 

608

 

108

 

500

 

130

 

108

 

 

Health care

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

18

 

Real estate services

 

2,457

 

2,482

 

1,702

 

755

 

2,324

 

1,213

 

 

Construction

 

1,673

 

1,727

 

228

 

1,445

 

1,588

 

154

 

 

Retail trade

 

1,669

 

3,219

 

1,597

 

72

 

2,581

 

1,067

 

 

Wholesale trade

 

221

 

457

 

11

 

210

 

1,742

 

6

 

 

Other

 

1,753

 

2,680

 

1,322

 

431

 

2,617

 

1,026

 

 

 

 

8,722

 

11,743

 

5,077

 

3,645

 

11,771

 

3,615

 

18

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential & commercial owner-occupied

 

6,865

 

9,374

 

2,622

 

4,243

 

11,979

 

733

 

 

Residential & commercial investor

 

18,069

 

19,138

 

14,024

 

4,045

 

10,459

 

1,669

 

504

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

787

 

 

2

 

 

 

24,934

 

28,512

 

16,646

 

8,288

 

23,225

 

2,402

 

506

 

Land acquisition & development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

2,430

 

3,651

 

 

2,430

 

6,913

 

 

 

Residential

 

5,684

 

16,291

 

1,468

 

4,216

 

6,669

 

694

 

8

 

Other

 

1,576

 

4,461

 

 

1,576

 

3,997

 

 

 

 

 

9,690

 

24,403

 

1,468

 

8,222

 

17,579

 

694

 

8

 

Real estate - construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential & commercial investor

 

12,614

 

13,931

 

11,015

 

1,599

 

11,193

 

3,755

 

7

 

Consumer

 

3,060

 

3,120

 

2,423

 

637

 

1,284

 

1,414

 

 

Total

 

$

59,020

 

$

81,709

 

$

36,629

 

$

22,391

 

$

65,052

 

$

11,880

 

$

539

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Company did not recognize interest income on average impaired loans of $65.7 million and $21.0 million, respectively.  Interest income that would have been recorded had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract

 

F - 23



Table of Contents

 

terms during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $1.6 million, $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no outstanding commitments on restructured loans.

 

Additional information on impaired loans is reported in the following table:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

41,271

 

$

74,624

 

Troubled debt restructurings

 

1,261

 

2,245

 

Impaired loans

 

42,532

 

76,869

 

Nonaccrual loans held for sale

 

 

1,820

 

Total impaired loans

 

$

42,532

 

$

78,689

 

Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing

 

$

202

 

$

509

 

Performing troubled debt restructurings

 

$

16,488

 

$

 

 

The Company’s nonaccrual loans by class at December 31, 2010 are reported in the following table:

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

$

341

 

Finance and insurance

 

608

 

Real estate services

 

2,457

 

Construction

 

1,673

 

Retail trade

 

1,669

 

Wholesale trade

 

221

 

Other

 

1,753

 

Total commercial

 

8,722

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

 

Residential & commercial owner-occupied

 

6,865

 

Residential & commercial investor

 

1,581

 

Total real estate - mortgage

 

8,446

 

Land acquisition & development

 

 

 

Commercial

 

2,430

 

Residential

 

5,684

 

Other

 

1,576

 

Total land acquisition & development

 

9,690

 

Real estate - construction

 

 

 

Residential & commercial investor

 

12,614

 

Consumer

 

3,060

 

Total nonaccrual loans

 

$

42,532

 

 

The following table summarizes the aging of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010:

 

F - 24



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

(in thousands)

 

30 - 59 Days
past due

 

60 - 89 Days
past due

 

90+ Days
past due

 

Total past
due

 

Current

 

Total loans

 

Recorded
investment in 
loans 90 days or
more past due
and accruing

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

$

 

$

 

$

82

 

$

82

 

$

86,649

 

$

86,731

 

$

 

Finance and insurance

 

108

 

 

500

 

608

 

76,711

 

77,319

 

 

Health care

 

 

 

 

 

70,506

 

70,506

 

 

Real estate services

 

540

 

156

 

116

 

812

 

78,408

 

79,220

 

 

Construction

 

51

 

58

 

1,503

 

1,612

 

49,737

 

51,349

 

50

 

Retail trade

 

1,543

 

890

 

157

 

2,590

 

24,293

 

26,883

 

 

Wholesale trade

 

323

 

 

227

 

550

 

52,937

 

53,487

 

17

 

Other

 

277

 

42

 

723

 

1,042

 

118,345

 

119,387

 

 

 

 

2,842

 

1,146

 

3,308

 

7,296

 

557,586

 

564,882

 

67

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential & commercial owner-occupied

 

696

 

 

2,549

 

3,245

 

428,660

 

431,905

 

 

Residential & commercial investor

 

301

 

920

 

1,242

 

2,463

 

349,641

 

352,104

 

 

 

 

997

 

920

 

3,791

 

5,708

 

778,301

 

784,009

 

 

Land Acquisition & development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

1,358

 

1,358

 

26,232

 

27,590

 

 

Residential

 

1,064

 

342

 

3,875

 

5,281

 

38,500

 

43,781

 

135

 

Other

 

 

 

1,576

 

1,576

 

10,962

 

12,538

 

 

 

 

1,064

 

342

 

6,809

 

8,215

 

75,694

 

83,909

 

135

 

Real estate - construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential & commercial owner-occupied

 

 

 

 

 

22,411

 

22,411

 

 

Residential & commercial investor

 

2,900

 

9,449

 

3,557

 

15,906

 

48,799

 

64,705

 

 

 

 

2,900

 

9,449

 

3,557

 

15,906

 

71,210

 

87,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

27

 

6

 

489

 

522

 

94,139

 

94,661

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

29,388

 

29,388

 

 

Unearned net loan fees

 

 

 

 

 

(238

)

(238

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

7,830

 

$

11,863

 

$

17,954

 

$

37,647

 

$

1,606,080

 

$

1,643,727

 

$

202

 

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company makes various direct and indirect loans to officers and directors of the Company. Activity with respect to officer and director loans is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance — beginning of year

 

$

4,203

 

$

6,094

 

New loans and advances

 

5,284

 

17,082

 

Principal paydowns and payoffs

 

(4,463

)

(18,973

)

Balance — end of year

 

$

5,024

 

$

4,203

 

 

5.                                      PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

The major classes of premises and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009, are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

230

 

$

 

Buildings

 

230

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

10,781

 

9,945

 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

27,240

 

25,089

 

 

 

 38,481

 

35,034

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(29,433

)

(26,831

)

Total

 

$

9,048

 

$

8,203

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense related to premises and equipment of $3.2 million, $3.7 million and $3.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F - 25



Table of Contents

 

During 2010, the Company purchased a Colorado bank property that was leased in previous years.  The purchase price was allocated between the land and building.

 

6.                                      GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Pursuant to ASC Topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC 350), the Company performs goodwill impairment testing on an annual basis and more frequently if events or circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  When conducting the goodwill impairment analysis, the fair value of the reporting units is reconciled to the market capitalization of the Company, as adjusted for a control premium, to determine the overall reasonableness of the valuations.  The Company performed goodwill impairment tests at March 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009 due to events and circumstances during those periods.

 

Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process.  In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and it is not necessary to continue to the second step of the impairment process. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, step two is performed, where the implied fair value of goodwill is compared to the carrying value of the reporting units’ goodwill.  Implied goodwill is computed as a residual value after allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to its assets and liabilities.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the average market price of the Company’s common share was $5.76 compared to $10.39 during the three months ended December 31, 2008.  Due to the significant decline in the market price during that period and uncertainty surrounding the economy at that time, the Company concluded that a triggering event had occurred that required an impairment test at March 31, 2009.

 

As part of the step one process for evaluating goodwill, with the assistance of a third-party valuation consultant, the Company determined that the fair value of each of its reporting units was less than their carrying amounts at March 31, 2009.  The fair value of the reporting units is estimated using a combination of market multiples of comparable entities, including recent transactions, and a discounted cash flow methodology.  Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires a high degree of subjective management assumption. Discounted cash flow valuation models utilize variables such as revenue growth rates, expense trends, discount rates and terminal values. Based upon an evaluation of key data and market factors, management selects from a range the specific variables to be incorporated into the valuation model.

 

To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit the Company used both a market approach and an income approach based on a March 31, 2009 valuation date.

 

The market approach included both a guideline company method and a merger and acquisition method for all reporting units, except for the Investment Banking unit.  Due to the lack of comparable transactions, the merger and acquisition method was not used for Investment Banking.   In the guideline company method, the Company collected data on prices investors paid to acquire minority interests in comparable businesses.  A valuation multiple was then selected for the reporting units by referencing a multiple of invested capital to revenue (a multiple of tangible book value on the Commercial Banking unit was also reviewed) based on current trading multiples and applying those multiples to our reporting units.  The multiples used in the guideline company method ranged from 0.5 to 1.2, which were further adjusted for a small company discount.  A control premium of 10% was applied to the minority acquisition multiples to reflect fair value on a controlling basis.  In the merger and acquisition method, the Company collected data on prices paid to purchase controlling interests in comparable businesses.  A valuation multiple was then selected for the reporting units by referencing a multiple of invested capital to revenue (a multiple of tangible book value on the Commercial Banking unit was also reviewed) based on current trading multiples and applying those

 

F - 26



Table of Contents

 

multiples to our reporting units.  The multiples used in the merger and acquisition method ranged from 0.5 to 1.4.

 

The income approach utilized a discounted cash flow analysis that incorporated the Company’s forecasts of balance sheet growth, revenues, level of non-performing assets, expenses, capital expenditures and working capital requirements.  The Company’s forecasts took into consideration the current and future economic environments and the impact on the various revenue streams of the reporting units.  The cash flows were then discounted by a risk adjusted discount rate based on the Company’s cost of capital and market conditions.  The discount rates used in the cash flow analysis incorporated specific risks due to industry concentrations, size, operational risks and current operating losses.  Terminal values for each reporting unit were developed using the Gordon Growth model that assumed a long-term growth rate of 3% for each reporting unit.

 

In step two, the Company preliminarily allocated the fair values determined in step one to each of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including unrecognized intangible assets, to determine the amount of implied goodwill on each unit.  The Company performed a preliminary step two allocation during the quarter ended March, 31, 2009.  The Company finalized step two of its impairment analysis during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, which did not result in an adjustment to the step two allocation completed in the first quarter.  The noncash impairment charge recorded at March 31, 2009 was $33.7 million of which $3.8 million is expected to be tax deductible over the applicable term as allowed by the Internal Revenue Code.  The impairment of goodwill is included as a noninterest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the following triggering events resulted in an additional goodwill impairment review:

 

·      The Company sold 13,205,600 shares of common stock in an equity offering at $4.50.

·      A producer who managed a significant insurance line resigned from the Company.

·      Due to the producer resignation, the Company reviewed its long-lived assets for impairment.

·      The operating results of the Company’s reporting units were below forecast for two consecutive quarters.

·      The Company updated its forecast as part of the annual budget process that starts in the third quarter of each year.  The Company’s forecast projected lower revenues than the forecast used at March 31, 2009.

 

As part of the step one process for evaluating goodwill at September 30, 2009, the Company estimated the fair value of the reporting units using a combination of market multiples and a discounted cash flow method.  The significant inputs and measures used in the March 31 and September 30, 2009 evaluations are noted below:

 

Inputs

 

March 31, 2009

 

September 30, 2009

 

Range of guideline company multiples

 

0.5 to 1.2

 

0.5 to 1.2

 

Range of merger and acquisition multiples

 

0.5 to 1.4

 

0.1 to 0.7

 

Range of small company discounts

 

22.0% to 26.0%

 

22.0% to 26.0%

 

Control premium

 

10.0%

 

10.0%

 

Range of discount rates

 

21.0% to 28.0%

 

16.0% to 25.0%

 

Long-term growth rate

 

3.0%

 

3.0%

 

 

In step two, the Company allocated the fair values determined in step one to each of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including unrecognized intangible assets, to determine the amount of implied goodwill on each unit.  This review indicated that the carrying value of goodwill exceeded implied goodwill.  Accordingly, at September 30, 2009, the Company recorded a noncash goodwill impairment charge of $12.5 million of which $9.1 million is expected to be tax deductible over the applicable term as allowed by the Internal Revenue Code.  The impairment of goodwill is included as a noninterest expense in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive.

 

F - 27



Table of Contents

 

A summary of goodwill, adjustments to goodwill and total assets by operating segment at and for the year ended December 31, 2009, is noted below.  There was no goodwill impairment prior to 2009.  There was no change to goodwill at or during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the Company is carrying no amount related to goodwill.

 

(in thousands)

 

Commercial
Banking

 

Investment
Banking

 

Wealth
Management

 

Insurance

 

Corporate
Support and Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2008

 

$

15,348

 

$

5,279

 

$

21,384

 

$

4,149

 

$

 

$

46,160

 

Impairment losses in 2009

 

(15,348

)

(5,279

)

(21,384

)

(4,149

)

 

(46,160

)

Goodwill at December 31, 2009

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated goodwill impairment losses

 

$

(15,348

)

$

(5,279

)

$

21,384

 

$

4,149

 

$

 

$

(46,160

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets at December 31, 2009

 

$

2,380,362

 

$

609

 

$

3,312

 

$

10,278

 

$

71,454

 

$

2,466,015

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Amortizing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

contracts, lists

 

 

 

Non-amortizing

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

and relationships

 

Other

 

Tradename

 

Total

 

December 31, 2008

 

$

5,396

 

$

39

 

$

269

 

$

5,704

 

Impairment loss

 

 

 

(120

)

(120

)

Amortization

 

(638

)

(36

)

 

(674

)

December 31, 2009

 

$

4,758

 

$

3

 

$

149

 

$

4,910

 

Impairment loss

 

 

 

(149

)

(149

)

Amortization

 

(639

)

(3

)

 

(642

)

December 31, 2010

 

$

4,119

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,119

 

 

In conjunction with the March 31, 2009 goodwill impairment valuation, the Company determined that the tradename asset was partially impaired by $0.1 million.  The impairment is included in the “Loss on securities, other assets and other real estate owned” line of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The impairment was determined through a review of the future cash flows of the associated business and the royalty rate used in valuing the tradename. The carrying value of intangible assets reviewed at September 30, 2009, prior to performing the goodwill impairment analysis did not result in any additional impairment.

 

In conjunction with the merger of Wagner into ACMG during 2010, an impairment charge of $0.1 million was recognized on the indefinite-lived tradename intangible asset which is no longer used by the Company.  The tradename impairment is included in the “Loss on securities, other assets and other real estate owned” line of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The Company recorded amortization expense of $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Amortization expense on intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years is estimated in the following table.

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

2011

 

$

638

 

2012

 

638

 

2013

 

426

 

2014

 

316

 

2015

 

300

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,318

 

 

F - 28



Table of Contents

 

7.     CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

 

The composition of the certificates of deposit portfolio at December 31, 2010 and 2009, is as follows:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than $100,000

 

$

50,855

 

$

72,849

 

$ 100,000 and more

 

378,470

 

526,719

 

 

 

$

429,325

 

$

599,568

 

 

Related interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than $100,000

 

$

804

 

$

2,208

 

$

8,659

 

$ 100,000 and more

 

5,570

 

10,109

 

11,430

 

 

 

$

6,374

 

$

12,317

 

$

20,089

 

 

Maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 and more at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Remaining maturity:

 

 

 

Less than three months

 

$

190,700

 

Three months up to six months

 

89,316

 

Six months up to one year

 

84,474

 

One year and over

 

13,980

 

Total

 

$

378,470

 

 

8.     BORROWED FUNDS

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally mortgage-backed securities with an estimated fair value of $170,097 and $147,168 in 2010 and 2009, respectively)

 

$

157,690

 

$

139,794

 

 

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. The amounts received under these agreements represent short-term borrowings and are reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. The securities underlying these agreements are included in investment securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase averaged $148.5 million and $125.1 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively. The maximum amounts outstanding at any month-end during 2010 and 2009 were $165.6 million and $162.3 million, respectively.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the weighted-average interest rate was 0.53% and 0.92%, respectively.  All securities sold under agreements to repurchase had a maturity date of less than three months.

 

F - 29



Table of Contents

 

The composition of other short-term borrowings, which are all due within one year, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank line of credit

 

$

14,000

 

$

 

Federal funds purchased

 

12

 

240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

14,012

 

$

240

 

 

The Company has advances and a line of credit from the FHLB with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.26% at December 31, 2010.  No amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2009.  Advances and the line of credit are collateralized by either qualifying loans or investment securities not otherwise pledged as collateral. At December 31, 2010, the FHLB advances and line of credit were collateralized by loans of $569.2 million with a lending value of $294.6 million. At December 31, 2009, the Company had loans of $546.5 million with a lending value of $305.3 million available to collateralize FHLB borrowings.

 

The Company has approved federal fund purchase lines with six banks with an aggregate credit line of $155.0 million as well as agreements with various companies to transact repurchase agreements based on available collateral. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no outstanding repurchase agreements with noncustomer third parties.

 

9.     LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Outstanding subordinated debentures and notes payable at December 31, 2010 and 2009, is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Interest rate

 

Maturity date

 

Earliest call date

 

Junior subordinated debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Statutory Trust I

 

$

20,619

 

$

20,619

 

3-month LIBOR + 2.95%

 

September 17, 2033

 

March 17, 2011

 

CoBiz Capital Trust II

 

30,928

 

30,928

 

3-month LIBOR + 2.60%

 

July 23, 2034

 

January 23, 2011

 

CoBiz Capital Trust III

 

20,619

 

20,619

 

3-month LIBOR + 1.45%

 

September 30, 2035

 

March 30, 2011

 

Total junior subordinated debentures

 

$

72,166

 

$

72,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

$

20,984

 

$

20,984

 

Fixed 9%

 

August 18, 2018

 

August 18, 2013

 

 

Effective for interest payments beginning in February 2010, the Company fixed the interest rate on its junior subordinated debentures through a series of interest rate swaps.  For further discussion of the interest rate swaps and the corresponding terms, see Note 10 - Derivatives.

 

In September 2003, the Company created a wholly owned trust, CoBiz Statutory Trust I, formed under the laws of the State of Connecticut (the Statutory Trust). The Statutory Trust issued $20.0 million of trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. Simultaneously with the issuance, the Company purchased a minority interest in the Statutory Trust for $0.6 million. The Statutory Trust invested the proceeds thereof in $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of CoBiz that also bear an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. The securities and junior subordinated debentures provide cumulative distributions at a floating rate that is reset each quarter on March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17. The junior subordinated debentures will mature and the capital securities must be redeemed on September 17, 2033, which may be shortened to any quarterly distribution date, if

 

F - 30



Table of Contents

 

certain conditions are met (including the Company having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve and any other required regulatory approvals) and notice is given at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.

 

In May 2004, the Company created a wholly owned trust, CoBiz Capital Trust II, formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Capital Trust II). The Capital Trust II issued $30.0 million of trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. Simultaneously with the issuance, the Company purchased a minority interest in the Capital Trust II for $0.9 million. The Capital Trust II invested the proceeds thereof in $30.9 million of junior subordinated debentures of CoBiz that also bear an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. The securities and junior subordinated debentures provide cumulative distributions at a floating rate that is reset each quarter on January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23. The junior subordinated debentures will mature and the capital securities must be redeemed on July 23, 2034, which may be shortened to a date not earlier than July 23, 2009, if certain conditions are met (including the Company having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve and any other required regulatory approvals).

 

In August 2005, the Company created a wholly owned trust, CoBiz Capital Trust III, formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Capital Trust III). The Capital Trust III issued $20.0 million of trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. Simultaneously with the issuance, the Company purchased a minority interest in the Capital Trust III for $0.6 million. The Capital Trust III invested the proceeds thereof in $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of CoBiz that also bear an interest rate based on a spread above three-month LIBOR. The securities and junior subordinated debentures provide cumulative distributions at a floating rate that is reset each quarter on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30. The junior subordinated debentures will mature and the capital securities must be redeemed on September 30, 2035, which may be shortened to a date not earlier than September 30, 2010, if certain conditions are met (including the Company having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve and any other required regulatory approvals).

 

The Company records the distributions of the junior subordinated debentures in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations. All of the outstanding junior subordinated debentures may be prepaid if certain events occur, including a change in tax status or regulatory capital treatment of trust preferred securities. In each case, redemption will be made at par, plus the accrued and unpaid distributions thereon through the redemption date.

 

Although the accounts of the Statutory Trust, Capital Trust II and Capital Trust III are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, $70.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by the trusts are included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes as allowed by the Federal Reserve Board at December 31, 2010.  On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a rule that would continue to allow the inclusion of trust preferred securities issued by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts in Tier 1 capital, but with stricter quantitative and qualitative standards. Under the rule, after a transition period ending on March 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill that has been reduced by any associated deferred tax liability.   The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to certain restrictions.  On March 17, 2009, the Federal Reserve Board announced the adoption of a final rule that delays the initial effective date of March 31, 2009 to March 31, 2011.

 

Under the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank), signed into law on July 21, 2010, significant changes were made that limit the ability of bank holding companies with assets of between $500 million and $15 billion or more to issue trust preferred securities with Tier 1 capital treatment.  Bank holding companies with assets in that range will continue to give Tier 1 capital treatment for issuances before May 2010.

 

F - 31



Table of Contents

 

The Company completed a private placement of $21.0 million of Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Notes (the Notes) during the third and fourth quarter of 2008.  The Notes will mature on August 18, 2018, 10 years after the initial issue date.  The Notes bear a fixed annual interest rate of 9.00%, pay interest quarterly, and can be prepaid at par without penalty at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issue date.  The Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.  Certain employees and directors of the Company participated in the private placement.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were $3.5 million in Notes owed to related parties.  The Company paid $0.3 million in interest to related parties during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

10.    DERIVATIVES

 

ASC 815 contains the authoritative guidance on accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and hedging activities. The Company has adopted guidance amending and expanding the disclosure requirements of ASC 815 with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under GAAP, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. As required by ASC 815, the Company records all derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges.

 

In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the Company must comply with detailed rules and strict documentation requirements at the inception of the hedge, and hedge effectiveness must be assessed at inception and periodically throughout the life of each hedging relationship. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.  The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under ASC 815.

 

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions.  The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments.  Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and unknown cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates.  The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to certain variable-rate loan assets and variable-rate borrowings.

 

The Company’s objective in using derivatives is to minimize the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the Company’s interest income and to reduce asset sensitivity. To accomplish this objective, the Company uses interest-rate swaps as part of its cash flow hedging strategy. Under the interest-rate swap agreements, the Company receives a fixed-rate and pays a variable-rate based on the prime rate (Prime) over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying principal amount. For

 

F - 32



Table of Contents

 

accounting purposes, these swaps are designated as hedging the overall changes in cash flows related to portfolios of the Company’s Prime-based loans. Specifically, the Company has designated as the hedged transactions the first Prime-based interest payments received by the Company each calendar month during the term of the swaps that, in the aggregate for each period, are interest payments on principal from specified portfolios equal to the notional amount of the swaps.

 

Based on the Company’s ongoing assessments, including at inception of the hedging relationship, it is probable that there will be sufficient Prime-based interest receipts through the maturity date of the swaps. The Company also monitors the risk of counterparty default on an ongoing basis. The Company uses the “Hypothetical Derivative Method” method described in ASC 815-30-35 (formerly DIG Issue No. G7, Cash Flow Hedges: Measuring the Ineffectiveness for a Cash Flow Hedge under Paragraph 30(b) When the Shortcut Method Is Not Applied), for both prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. The Company also uses this methodology to measure hedge ineffectiveness each quarterly interim period. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is initially reported in other comprehensive income (outside of earnings) and subsequently reclassified to earnings (“interest income on loans” for the hedging relationships described above) when the hedged transactions affect earnings. Any ineffectiveness resulting from the hedges are recorded as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations as part of noninterest income/expense.

 

Prepayments in the hedged loan portfolios are accounted for consistent with the guidance in ASC 815-20-25 (formerly DIG Issue No. G25, Cash Flow Hedges: Using the First-Payments-Received Technique in Hedging the Variable Interest Payments on a Group of Nonbenchmark-Rate-Based Loans), which allows the designated forecasted transactions to be the variable Prime-rate-based interest payments on a rolling portfolio of pre-payable interest-bearing loans using the first-payments-received technique as described above, thereby allowing interest payments from loans that prepay to be replaced with interest payments from new loan originations.  Proceeds received or paid upon termination of derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges are deferred in other comprehensive income and amortized into income over the remaining life of the hedged item.

 

The Company also offers an interest-rate hedge program that includes derivative products such as swaps, caps, floors and collars to assist its customers in managing their interest-rate risk profile. In order to eliminate the interest-rate risk associated with offering these products, the Company enters into derivative contracts with third parties to offset the customer contracts.  These customer accommodation interest rate swap contracts are not designated as hedging instruments.

 

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

 

Asset derivatives

 

Liability derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

At December 31,

 

Balance sheet

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

classification

 

2010

 

2009

 

classification

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedging :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments under ASC 815 Interest rate swap

 

Other assets

 

$

504

 

$

4,202

 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

$

1,712

 

$

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instruments under ASC 815 Interest rate swap

 

Other assets

 

$

4,840

 

$

3,495

 

Accrued interest and other liabilities

 

$

5,106

 

$

3,623

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk — For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate loan assets, interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of fixed-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.  For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate borrowings, interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments.  In February 2009, the Company executed a series of interest-rate swap transactions designated as cash flow hedges that are effective for interest payments starting in 2010.  The intent of the transactions is to fix the effective interest rate for payments due on the junior subordinated

 

F - 33



Table of Contents

 

debentures with the objective of reducing the Company’s exposure to adverse changes in cash flows relating to payments on its LIBOR-based floating rate debt.  The swaps will be effective for varying lengths of time ranging from five to 14 years.  Select critical terms of the cash flow hedges are as follows:

 

Hedged

 

Notional

 

Fixed

 

Termination

 

item

 

amount

 

rate

 

date

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CoBiz Statutory Trust I

 

$

20,000

 

6.04

%

March 17, 2015

 

CoBiz Capital Trust II

 

$

30,000

 

5.99

%

April 23, 2020

 

CoBiz Capital Trust III

 

$

20,000

 

5.02

%

March 30, 2024

 

 

In addition to the cash flow hedges in the table above, the Company had two interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $30.0 million that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk at December 31, 2010.

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash inflows associated with existing pools of Prime-based loan assets throughout 2009, as well as variable cash outflows associated with subordinated debt related to trust preferred securities beginning in 2010.  The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives, if any, is recognized directly in earnings. The Company’s derivatives did not have any hedge ineffectiveness recognized in earnings during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest income or expense as interest payments are received or made on the Company’s variable-rate assets/liabilities. During the next 12 months, the Company estimates that $0.5 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest income and $2.1 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

 

Non-designated Hedges —  Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers.  The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet GAAP hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings.  At December 31, 2010, the Company had 69 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $156.2 million.  During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized a net loss of $0.1 million,  a net gain of $0.2 million, and a net loss of $0.4 million, respectively, related to changes in fair value of these swaps.

 

The table below summarizes gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) (OCI) and in conjunction with our derivatives designated as hedging instruments for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

F - 34



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recognized in accumulated OCI

 

 

 

(Effective portion)

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

$

(5,355

)

$

561

 

$

2,465

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into earnings

 

 

 

(Effective portion)

 

 

 

for the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

$

(487

)

$

2,631

 

$

2,109

 

 

The Company offsets the fair value of derivative instruments covered under master netting agreements.  The Company has agreements with its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.  The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Bank fails to maintain its status as a well or adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements.

 

At December 31, 2010, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position, including accrued interest but excluding any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $6.2 million. At December 31, 2010, the Company had minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has posted collateral of $14.4 million against its obligations under these agreements.  At December 31, 2010, the Company was not in default with any of its debt covenants.

 

See Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements for additional discussion of derivatives and fair value.

 

11.  INCOME TAXES

 

The components of consolidated income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal tax

 

$

(5,022

)

$

(14,366

)

$

8,364

 

State tax

 

 

 

1,214

 

Total current tax provision (benefit)

 

(5,022

)

(14,366

)

9,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal tax

 

244

 

(14,269

)

(8,445

)

State tax

 

36

 

(2,172

)

(1,224

)

Net operating loss carryforward

 

(826

)

(2,052

)

 

Valuation allowance

 

15,596

 

 

 

Total deferred tax provision (benefit)

 

15,050

 

(18,493

)

(9,669

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total tax provision (benefit)

 

$

10,028

 

$

(32,859

)

$

(91

)

 

F - 35



Table of Contents

 

The primary component of the deferred tax expense during 2010 was a deferred tax valuation charge of $15.6 million and timing differences in the allowance for loan and credit losses of $3.6 million.  During 2009 and 2008, the primary component of the deferred tax benefit was $12.2 million and $8.5 million, respectively, attributable to timing differences in the allowance for loan and credit losses.  Also during 2009, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment of $46.2 million, of which $12.9 million was deductible for income tax purposes over the applicable term as allowed by the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company did not record goodwill impairment in 2010 or in periods prior to 2009.  The Company has a net operating loss carryforward for Arizona and Colorado that originated in 2010 and 2009.  The states of Arizona and Colorado do not allow net loss carrybacks, but allow net loss carryforwards of five and 20 years, respectively.

 

A deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense, and unrealized gains and losses, for financial and tax reporting purposes. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized.

 

The Company conducted an analysis to assess the need of a valuation allowance at December 31, 2010.  As part of this assessment, all available evidence, including both positive and negative, was considered to determine whether based on the weight of such evidence, a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was needed.  In accordance with ASC Topic 740-10, Income Taxes (ASC 740), a valuation allowance is deemed to be needed when, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.  The future realization of the tax benefit depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback and carryforward periods.

 

As part of its analysis, the Company considered the following positive evidence:

 

·      Taxes paid in prior carryback years.

·      The Company has a long history of earnings profitability.

·      The Company’s quarterly operating results have improved over the past five quarters.

·      The Company returned to a quarterly profit in the fourth quarter of 2010.

·      The Company is projecting future taxable income, exclusive of tax planning strategies, will be sufficient to utilize the deferred tax assets.

·      The size of loan credits in the Company’s pipeline of potential problem loans has significantly decreased.

·      The Company is able to carry forward federal and Colorado tax losses for 20 years and Arizona tax losses for five years.

·      The Company has identified prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, including the sale of appreciated assets tax-exempt assets and redeploying the proceeds into taxable investments.

 

As part of its analysis, the Company considered the following negative evidence:

 

·      The Company is in a three-year cumulative loss position.

·      The Company recorded a net loss in 2010 and 2009.

·      The Company did not meet its financial goals in 2010.

 

The Company’s recent losses have resulted in a negative three-year cumulative pretax loss position that is considered significant negative evidence in the determination of the need for a valuation allowance.  Included in the three-year pretax loss position is $46.2 million related to a non-recurring goodwill impairment and net losses on the Company’s land acquisition and future development loan portfolio.  The Company has ceased lending for land acquisition and future development.  However, the Company may still pursue loans secured by finished lots that are prepared to enter the construction phase. Although our current financial forecasts indicate that sufficient taxable income will be generated in the future to ultimately realize the existing deferred tax assets, those forecasts were

 

F - 36



Table of Contents

 

not considered to constitute sufficient positive evidence to overcome the observable negative evidence associated with the three-year cumulative loss position determined at December 31, 2010.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company established a deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the amount of $15.6 million based on its assessment of the amount of deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized.   At December 31, 2009, the Company had not recorded a valuation allowance.

 

The net change in deferred taxes related to investment securities available for sale and cash flow hedges are included in other comprehensive income. The temporary differences, tax effected, which give rise to the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

F - 37



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and credit losses

 

$

24,938

 

$

28,583

 

Intangible assets

 

2,812

 

3,038

 

Valuation adjustments on OREO

 

2,234

 

305

 

Deferred loan fees

 

84

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and other accrued liabilities

 

2,728

 

1,941

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,962

 

1,443

 

Depreciation on premises and equipment

 

545

 

735

 

Interest on nonaccrual loans

 

427

 

455

 

Net operating loss carryover

 

2,879

 

2,052

 

Other

 

 

502

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

38,609

 

39,054

 

Valuation allowance

 

(15,596

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of allowance

 

$

23,013

 

$

39,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred initial direct loan costs

 

$

961

 

$

1,030

 

Prepaid assets

 

1,233

 

1,138

 

FHLB stock dividends

 

89

 

815

 

Net unrealized gain on investment securities available for sale and derivatives

 

3,881

 

6,142

 

Other

 

400

 

275

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

6,564

 

$

9,400

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

16,449

 

$

29,654

 

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is shown below:

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computed at the statutory rate (35%)

 

$

(4,413

)

$

(40,565

)

$

433

 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

15,596

 

 

 

State income taxes — net of federal income tax effect

 

(760

)

(3,456

)

(6

)

Tax exempt interest income on loans and securities

 

(237

)

(408

)

(406

)

Goodwill impairment

 

 

11,636

 

 

Bank-owned life insurance income

 

(442

)

(414

)

(410

)

Other — net

 

284

 

348

 

298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual tax provision

 

$

10,028

 

$

(32,859

)

$

(91

)

 

Accounting guidance in ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, no amounts were recognized for tax benefits relating to uncertain tax positions taken during those years.

 

F - 38



Table of Contents

 

Penalties and interest are classified as income tax expense when incurred. There were no penalties or interest recognized for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state jurisdictions. The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:

 

Jurisdiction

 

Tax year

 

 

 

United States

 

2007

Colorado

 

2006

Arizona

 

2006

 

12.               SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Common Stock — At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company has reserved the following shares of its authorized but unissued common stock for possible future issuance in connection with the following:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of outstanding stock options

 

2,659,750

 

2,522,243

 

Exercise of outstanding stock warrants

 

895,968

 

895,968

 

Future granting of option and stock awards

 

1,710,772

 

959,164

 

Future stock purchases through ESPP

 

316,262

 

406,831

 

 

 

5,582,752

 

4,784,206

 

 

Preferred Stock — The Board of Directors is authorized, among other things, to fix the designation and the powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights for preferred shares.  On December 17, 2008, the Company amended its articles of incorporation, to establish a Series B Preferred Stock and fix the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

On December 19, 2008, as part of the Capital Purchase Program promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program authorized by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the Company and the Treasury entered into a Letter Agreement, which incorporates by reference the Securities Purchase Agreement - Standard Terms (together, the Purchase Agreement), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury, for an aggregate purchase price of $64.5 million, (1) 64,450 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the Series B Preferred Stock) and (2) a warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 895,968 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price of $10.79 per share.  The Warrant was immediately exercisable upon issuance provided that the Treasury had agreed not to exercise the warrant for more than 447,984 shares of common stock until the earlier of the date on which the Company has received aggregate gross proceeds from a qualified equity offering of at least $64.5 million at December 31, 2009.  The Company did not receive aggregate gross proceeds from a qualified equity offering of at least $64.5 million prior to December 31, 2009, therefore, the full warrant to purchase 895,968 shares became exercisable on January 1, 2010.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends, on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, at an annual rate of 5% for the first five years and 9% thereafter.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had accrued dividends of $0.4 million.  The Series B

 

F - 39



Table of Contents

 

Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on certain matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock.  The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) that was signed into law on February 17, 2009, allows for the redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock without limitation if the approval of the Federal Reserve is obtained.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock in terms of dividend payments and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company.  A merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company will not, however, constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company for purposes of the payment of any distribution on the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Based on the accounting guidance for convertible debt and debt issued with stock purchase warrants in ASC 470 — Debt, the Company allocated the $64.5 million in proceeds between the Series B Preferred Stock and the Warrant in accordance with their relative fair values at the time of issuance.  Of the total proceeds, $61.5 million was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and $3.0 million was allocated to the Warrant.  The $3.0 million allocated to the Warrant also represents a discount on the Series B Preferred Stock that is being accreted from the date of issue to the fifth anniversary, at which time the rate increases to 9%.

 

Dividends — The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is largely dependent upon the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Parent.  At December 31, 2010, the Bank was restricted in its ability to pay a dividend to the Parent as its earnings in the current and prior two years, net of dividends paid during those years, was negative.  However, at December 31, 2010, the Company had the ability to pay dividends on its common stock without reliance on the Bank due to the significant amount of capital raised by the Parent during 2009.

 

Dividends on the Company’s capital stock (common and preferred stock) are prohibited under the terms of the junior subordinated debenture agreements (see Note 9 — Long-term debt) if the Company is in continuous default on its payment obligations to the capital trusts, has elected to defer interest payments on the debentures or extends the interest payment period.  At December 31, 2010, the Company was not in default on any of the junior subordinated debt issuances.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement executed in the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration, shares of its common stock will be subject to restrictions in the event that the Company fails to declare and pay full dividend on the Series B Preferred Stock.  In addition, the Company may not increase its dividend prior to the earlier of 1) three years from the date of the Purchase Agreement or 2) the date on which the Series B Preferred Stock is redeemed in whole.  At December 31, 2010, the Company has paid all required dividends under the Purchase Agreement when due.

 

Dividends declared per common share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $0.04, $0.10 and $0.28, respectively.  Dividends paid on the Series B Preferred Stock for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $3.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively.  No preferred stock dividends were paid in the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

On July 20, 2009, pursuant to the shelf registration originally filed on December 19, 2006, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 12,670,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $4.50 per share. The offering provided net proceeds to the Company of approximately $53.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.  On August 7, 2009, the Company issued 535,600 shares of common stock at $4.50 per share, fulfilling underwriter purchase options, which provided additional net proceeds of $2.3 million after discounts and commissions.

 

F - 40



Table of Contents

 

13.               EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

 

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted authoritative accounting guidance in ASC 260, which provides that unvested share-based payment awards containing nonforfeitable rights to dividends, paid or unpaid, are participating securities and will be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company determined that its outstanding unvested stock awards are participating securities and computes earnings per share using the prescribed two-class method.  However, the impact of these shares is not included in the common shareholder basic loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 because the effect of including those shares would be anti-dilutive due to the net losses in those years.  Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2008 did not change due to the adoption of the guidance.

 

Income available to common shareholders and the weighted average shares outstanding, used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(22,637

)

$

(83,041

)

$

1,328

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

(3,764

)

(3,732

)

(124

)

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

 

$

(26,401

)

$

(86,773

)

$

1,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributed earnings (1)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Undistributed earnings (loss)

 

(26,401

)

(86,773

)

1,204

 

Earnings (loss) allocated to common stock

 

$

(26,401

)

$

(86,773

)

$

1,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares - issued

 

36,796,285

 

29,388,038

 

23,194,504

 

Average nonvested restricted share awards

 

(256,648

)

(242,064

)

(112,192

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

 

36,539,637

 

29,145,974

 

23,082,312

 

Effect of dilutive stock options outstanding

 

 

 

172,262

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

36,539,637

 

29,145,974

 

23,254,574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average antidilutive common shares outstanding (2)

 

3,783,012

 

3,488,340

 

1,906,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.98

)

$

0.05

 

 


(1) Dividends paid during all years presented were not considered current period distributions.

(2) Shares excluded from the diluted earnings per share computation due to the antidilutive effect.

 

14.               EMPLOYEE BENEFIT AND STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Stock Options and Awards — The Company has adopted several incentive stock option plans to reward and provide long-term incentives for directors and key employees of the Company. The term of all options issued may not exceed 10 years. The Company issues new shares upon exercise of a stock option award.

 

The 1997 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the 1997 Plan) authorizes the issuance of 227,331 shares at not less than the market value of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The majority of the options issued under the 1997 Plan are exercisable commencing one year from the date of grant and vest 25% per year thereafter becoming fully exercisable after four years. No additional shares under the 1997 Plan are available to be granted.

 

The 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1998 Plan) authorizes the issuance of 956,250 shares of common stock. The exercise price for options granted under the 1998 Plan must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The 1998 Plan permits the granting of Incentive Stock Options and nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 1998 Plan have

 

F - 41



Table of Contents

 

vesting schedules ranging from immediately exercisable to being exercisable four years from the grant date. No additional shares under the 1998 Plan are available to be granted.

 

The 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2002 Plan) authorizes the issuance of 975,000 shares of common stock. Under the 2002 Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Company has the authority to determine the identity of the key employees, consultants, and directors who shall be granted options; the option price, which shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant; and the manner and times at which the options shall be exercisable. Shares available for grant under the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2010 totaled 158,929.

 

The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2005 Plan) originally authorized the issuance 1,250,000 shares of common stock.  The 2005 Plan was amended at the May 15, 2008 Annual Shareholder Meeting to increase the authorized shares available under the plan to 2,750,000 shares of common stock and shares available for restricted stock awards was increased by 250,000 shares to 500,000 shares. The 2005 Plan was further amended at the May 20, 2010 Annual Shareholder Meeting to increase the authorized shares available under the plan to 3,750,000 shares of common stock and shares available for restricted stock awards was increased by 1,500,000 shares to 2,000,000 shares. Under the 2005 Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Company has the authority to determine the identity of the key employees, consultants and directors who shall be granted options; the option price, which shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant; and the manner and times at which the options shall be exercisable. Shares available for grant under the 2005 Plan at December 31, 2010, totaled 1,551,843.

 

During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, of $1.6 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, for stock-based compensation awards for which the requisite service was rendered during the year.  The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million on the compensation expense for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Relevant accounting guidance in ASC 718 requires the Company to select a valuation technique that meets the measurement criteria set forth in the standard. Valuation techniques that meet the criteria for estimating the fair values of employee stock options include a lattice model and a closed-form model (for example, the Black-Scholes formula). The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model (Model) to estimate the fair value of stock options.  Restricted stock award fair values are based on the closing price of the Company stock on the award date.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. The expected term of options granted is based on the options’ vesting schedule and the Company’s historical exercise patterns for different employee groups and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock and vesting period of the option to be issued. The dividend yield is determined by annualizing the dividend rate as a percentage of the Company’s stock price. The following weighted-average assumptions were used for grants issued during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Range

 

Weighted

 

Range

 

Weighted

 

Range

 

 

 

Average

 

Low

 

High

 

Average

 

Low

 

High

 

Average

 

Low

 

High

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.03

%

0.58

%

2.76

%

1.75

%

1.02

%

2.72

%

2.91

%

1.11

%

3.46

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.60

%

0.58

%

0.89

%

0.87

%

0.55

%

2.98

%

2.34

%

1.88

%

3.76

%

Expected volatility

 

68.06

%

60.75

%

77.50

%

63.08

%

49.18

%

74.54

%

33.73

%

29.37

%

54.26

%

Expected life (years)

 

4.0

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

The summary of changes in shares under option and restricted stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 

F - 42



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

 

 

exercise

 

 

 

exercise

 

 

 

exercise

 

STOCK OPTION AWARDS

 

Shares

 

price

 

Shares

 

price

 

Shares

 

price

 

Outstanding — beginning of year

 

2,522,243

 

$

13.26

 

2,287,472

 

$

14.66

 

2,201,722

 

$

14.85

 

Granted

 

369,248

 

7.24

 

518,201

 

6.28

 

368,794

 

12.28

 

Exercised

 

43,912

 

5.44

 

23,479

 

6.53

 

98,532

 

6.51

 

Forfeited

 

187,829

 

11.16

 

259,951

 

12.30

 

184,512

 

16.46

 

Outstanding — end of year

 

2,659,750

 

$

12.70

 

2,522,243

 

$

13.26

 

2,287,472

 

$

14.66

 

Exercisable — end of year

 

1,891,700

 

$

14.81

 

1,727,266

 

$

14.88

 

1,619,517

 

$

13.92

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

 

 

grant date

 

 

 

grant date

 

 

 

grant date

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

Shares

 

fair value

 

Shares

 

fair value

 

Shares

 

fair value

 

Unvested — beginning of year

 

257,050

 

$

6.84

 

217,100

 

$

6.97

 

2,000

 

$

21.07

 

Granted

 

30,574

 

6.03

 

49,950

 

6.36

 

220,500

 

6.87

 

Vested

 

13,984

 

6.94

 

400

 

21.07

 

400

 

21.07

 

Forfeited

 

12,250

 

6.08

 

9,600

 

6.86

 

5,000

 

6.87

 

Unvested — end of year

 

261,390

 

$

6.77

 

257,050

 

$

6.84

 

217,100

 

$

6.97

 

Total fair value of vested shares (in thousands)

 

 

 

$

77

 

 

 

$

2

 

 

 

$

6

 

 

There were 2,619,525 options vested or expected to vest with a weighted average price of $12.79 at December 31, 2010. The weighted-average remaining terms for options outstanding, vested or expected to vest and options exercisable at the end of the period were 3.6, 3.6 and 2.8 years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding, vested or expected to vest and options exercisable at the end of the period was $0.2 million, $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $3.17, $2.62 and $2.57, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during year ended December 31, 2010 was insignificant and for the years ended 2009 and 2008 was $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2010, there was $2.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years.

 

At December 31, 2010, a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding are as follows:

 

 

 

Options outstanding

 

Options exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

average

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

remaining

 

 

 

average

 

Range of

 

Number

 

exercise

 

life

 

Number

 

exercise

 

exercise price

 

outstanding

 

price

 

(years)

 

exercisable

 

price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$4.01 - $6.85

 

524,749

 

$

6.11

 

5.6

 

135,809

 

$

6.35

 

$7.12 - $9.00

 

442,247

 

7.85

 

4.6

 

156,497

 

8.26

 

$9.20 - $12.00

 

454,436

 

11.02

 

1.8

 

448,188

 

11.03

 

$12.01 - $17.57

 

479,566

 

13.64

 

3.8

 

406,254

 

13.86

 

$18.12 - $23.35

 

758,752

 

20.50

 

2.6

 

744,952

 

20.53

 

 

 

2,659,750

 

$

12.70

 

3.6

 

1,891,700

 

$

14.81

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan — In January 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the adoption of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), which provides that all employees may elect to have a percentage of their payroll deducted and applied to the purchase of Common Stock at a discount. In addition, the Company may make a matching contribution up to 50% of an employee’s deduction toward the purchase of additional Common Stock. No matching contribution was made for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. On May 21, 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved an increase in the maximum number of shares to be issued through all plan years from

 

F - 43



Table of Contents

 

450,000 to 900,000 shares.  At December 31, 2010, the Company has reserved 316,262 shares for issuance under the terms of the ESPP.  The ESPP is administered by a committee of two or more directors who are not employees or officers of the Company and are appointed by the Board of Directors. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 90,569, 79,662 and 67,974 shares, respectively, were issued under the ESPP.

 

Employee 401(k) Plan — The Company has a defined contribution plan covering substantially all its employees. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation with the Company’s discretionary matching within the limits defined for a 401(k) Plan.  In 2009, the Company reduced its matching contribution from 6% to 3% of eligible compensation and that matching rate was unchanged for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Matching contributions of 6% of eligible compensation were made in 2008.  Employer contributions charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and are included in the consolidated statements of operations under the caption “Salaries and employee benefits.”

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan — The Company maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) for five active key executives. The plan provides for target retirement benefits, as a percentage of pay, beginning at age 60 or after 10 years of service and are paid as a monthly benefit for a 10-year period. The target percentage is 50% of pay based on the executives’ average monthly compensation during any five calendar years during which the executives’ compensation is highest during participation. Benefits under the SERP are vested 20% for each year of service and are 100% vested after five years of service.  At December 31, 2010, all participants were fully vested.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had accrued $3.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively, for the expected benefits under the SERP which are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Accrued interest and other liabilities.”

 

15.               COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Lease Commitments — The Company has various operating lease agreements for office space. Most of the leases are subject to rent escalation provisions in subsequent years and have renewal options at the end of the initial lease terms. Rent expense (excluding ancillary charges for common area expense, maintenance, etc.) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $5.4 million, $5.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

 

In 1998, certain officers and directors acquired the building in which the corporate office is located and certain banking operations are performed. At December 31, 2010, one director has a remaining interest in the building. Additionally, two bank branches are leased from entities controlled by the same director of the Company. Rent payments under the related party leases for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $2.1 million, $2.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company was current on its related party lease payments. Future contractual obligations of $10.6 million will be paid to entities controlled by the related parties and are included in the below schedule of future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases.

 

(in thousands)

 

At December 31,

 

2011

 

$

5,756

 

2012

 

5,473

 

2013

 

4,727

 

2014

 

4,491

 

2015

 

4,253

 

Thereafter

 

8,672

 

Total

 

$

33,372

 

 

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk — In the normal course of business the Company has entered into financial instruments which are not reflected in the accompanying

 

F - 44



Table of Contents

 

consolidated financial statements. The Company had the following commitments at December 31, 2010:

 

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to originate commercial or real estate construction loans and unused lines of credit

 

$

428,796

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to originate consumer loans — personal lines of credit and equity lines

 

$

32,198

 

 

 

 

 

Overdraft protection plans

 

$

10,033

 

 

 

 

 

Letters of credit

 

$

59,049

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded commitments for unconsolidated investments

 

$

4,724

 

 

 

 

 

Company guarantees

 

$

1,207

 

 

Commitments to Originate — The Company makes contractual commitments to extend credit and provide standby letters of credit which are binding agreements to lend money to its customers at predetermined interest rates for a specific period of time. These commitments are not held for sale. The credit risk involved in issuing these financial instruments is essentially the same as that involved in granting on-balance sheet financial instruments. As such, the Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. However, the Company applies the same credit policies, standards, and ongoing reassessments in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for loans. In addition, the amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary upon extension of a loan commitment or standby letter of credit, is essentially the same as the collateral requirements provided for loans. Additional risk associated with providing these commitments arises when they are drawn upon, such as the demands on liquidity the Company would experience if a significant portion were drawn down at the same time. However, this is considered unlikely, as many commitments expire without being drawn upon and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Overdraft Protection Plans — The Company provides personal credit lines on customer accounts to advance funds to cover overdrafts.

 

Letters of Credit — The Company provides standby and commercial letters of credit during the normal course of business. Standby letters of credit guarantee performance of a customer to a third party while commercial letters of credit guarantee payments on behalf of our customers.

 

Unfunded Commitments for Unconsolidated Investments — The Company has committed to purchase up to $13.5 million in limited partnership interests of four entities, of which $4.7 million is unfunded at December 31, 2010. Certain shareholders and directors also have interests in some of these entities.

 

Company Guarantees — The Company guarantees, to the issuing merchant banks, the credit card debt and merchant processing transactions for certain customers.

 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock — The fair value of the Federal Reserve Bank stock approximates its carrying value, which is based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Reserve Bank.  At December 31, 2010, the Company held 74,567 shares of Federal Reserve Bank stock with a fair value of $3.7 million (par value of $50).  This investment represents 50% of the subscription amount due to the Federal Reserve Bank to become a member bank and the stock cannot be sold, traded, or

 

F - 45



Table of Contents

 

pledged as collateral for loans.  Although the probability is remote, the remaining 50% or $3.7 million due to the Federal Reserve Bank may be callable at their discretion.

 

Employment Contracts — Certain officers of the Company have entered into employment agreements providing for salaries and fringe benefits. In addition, severance is provided in the event of termination for other than cause, and under certain changes in control, a payment is required.  However, the American Reinvestment and Recovery Act of 2009 prohibits the payment of golden parachutes to certain executive officers, which may prohibit payments of severance payments.

 

Indemnification Agreements — The Company is subject to certain indemnification obligations in conjunction with agreements signed with officers and directors of the Company.  The Indemnification Agreements require the Company to indemnify against judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlements incurred in connection with civil or criminal action or proceedings, as it relates to their services to the Company.  To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee will be covered to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or officer of the Company.  However, certain indemnification payments may not be covered under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage.  The rights of the Indemnitee under the Indemnification Agreement are in addition to any rights the Indemnitee may have under the Company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws.  While the likelihood is remote, performance under these indemnifications could materially affect net income in a particular quarter or annual period.

 

Other Matters — The Company is involved in various lawsuits which have arisen in the normal course of business. It is management’s opinion, based upon advice of legal counsel, that the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material impact upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

 

16.               REGULATORY MATTERS

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators regarding components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Tier 1 and Total Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier I capital to average assets. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, management believes the Company and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

At December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s categories.

 

The following table shows the Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios and regulatory thresholds at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

F - 46



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2010

 

Company

 

Bank

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity (GAAP capital)

 

$

201,738

 

$

205,940

 

Disallowed intangible assets

 

(3,830

)

 

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

 

(7,080

)

(7,080

)

Unrealized (gain) loss on cash flow hedges

 

749

 

(312

)

Subordinated debentures

 

65,135

 

 

Disallowed deferred tax asset

 

(5,603

)

 

Other deductions

 

(128

)

 

Tier I regulatory capital

 

$

250,981

 

$

198,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes payable and debentures

 

$

25,849

 

$

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

24,837

 

24,421

 

Total risk-based regulatory capital

 

$

301,667

 

$

222,969

 

 

 

 

Company

 

Bank

 

At December 31, 2010

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

(in thousands) 

 

Tier I

 

Total capital

 

Tier I

 

Tier I

 

Total capital

 

Tier I

 

Regulatory capital

 

$

250,981

 

$

301,667

 

$

250,981

 

$

198,548

 

$

222,969

 

$

198,548

 

Well-capitalized requirement

 

116,755

 

194,592

 

121,917

 

114,734

 

191,223

 

118,905

 

Regulatory capital - excess

 

$

134,226

 

$

107,075

 

$

129,064

 

$

83,814

 

$

31,746

 

$

79,643

 

Capital ratios

 

12.9

%

15.5

%

10.3

%

10.4

%

11.7

%

8.3

%

Minimum capital requirement

 

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

Well capitalized requirement (2)

 

6.0

%

10.0

%

5.0

%

6.0

%

10.0

%

5.0

%

 

At December 31, 2009

 

Company

 

Bank

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity (GAAP capital)

 

$

230,451

 

$

206,490

 

Disallowed intangible assets

 

(4,493

)

 

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

 

(7,448

)

(7,448

)

Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges

 

(2,571

)

(897

)

Subordinated debentures

 

70,000

 

 

Disallowed deferred tax asset

 

(6,373

)

 

Other deductions

 

(220

)

 

Tier I regulatory capital

 

$

279,346

 

$

198,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

$

20,984

 

$

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

25,895

 

25,081

 

Total risk-based regulatory capital

 

$

326,225

 

$

223,226

 

 

 

 

Company

 

Bank

 

At December 31, 2009

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

Risk-based

 

Leverage

 

(in thousands)

 

Tier I

 

Total capital

 

Tier I

 

Tier I

 

Total capital

 

Tier I

 

Regulatory capital

 

$

279,346

 

$

326,225

 

$

279,346

 

$

198,145

 

$

223,226

 

$

198,145

 

Well-capitalized requirement (1)

 

121,335

 

202,226

 

122,940

 

117,383

 

195,639

 

119,238

 

Regulatory capital - excess (1)

 

$

158,011

 

$

123,999

 

$

156,406

 

$

80,762

 

$

27,587

 

$

78,907

 

Capital ratios

 

13.8

%

16.1

%

11.4

%

10.1

%

11.4

%

8.3

%

Minimum capital requirement

 

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

4.0

%

8.0

%

4.0

%

Well capitalized requirement (2)

 

6.0

%

10.0

%

5.0

%

6.0

%

10.0

%

5.0

%

 


(1) Subsequent to the issuance of the 2009 consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that previously disclosed well-capitalized requirements were actually the minimum capitalized requirements.  Accordingly, previously presented well-capitalized requirement and regulatory capital-excess amounts have been restated.  This restatement has no effect on the Company’s compliance with capital adequacy requirements.

 

F - 47



Table of Contents

 

(2) The ratios for the well-capitalized requirement are only applicable to the Bank. However, the Company manages its capital position as if the requirement applies to the consolidated entity and has presented the ratios as if they also applied to the Company.

 

17.               COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Comprehensive income is the total of (1) net income plus (2) all other changes in net assets arising from non-owner sources, and are referred to as other comprehensive income. Presented below are the changes in other comprehensive income which consist of unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities and derivatives, net of tax for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income — before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities — net of reclassification to operations of $(597), $(2,062) and $(1,657)

 

$

(944

)

$

13,779

 

$

(1,579

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in OTTI-related component of unrealized gain

 

351

 

925

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative securities — net of reclassification to operations of $(487), $2,631, and $2,109

 

(5,355

)

561

 

2,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income

 

2,260

 

(5,801

)

(337

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) — net of tax

 

$

(3,688

)

$

9,464

 

$

549

 

 

18.               FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement.  Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

 

Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

 

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which is typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity.

 

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value

 

F - 48



Table of Contents

 

measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

 

Available for sale securities — At December 31, 2010, the Company holds, as part of its investment portfolio, available for sale securities reported at fair value consisting of MBS, municipal securities and TPS.  The fair value of the majority of MBS and municipal securities are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including matrix pricing and broker-quote based applications.  Inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, issuer spreads, prepayment speeds and other relevant items.  As a result, the Company has determined that these valuations fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  Certain private-label MBS are valued using broker-dealer quotes.  As the private-label MBS market has become increasingly illiquid, these securities are being valued more often based on modeling techniques rather than observable trades.  Accordingly, the Company has determined the appropriate input level for the private-label MBS is Level 3.  The Company also holds TPS that are recorded at fair values based on unadjusted quoted market prices for identical securities in an active market.  The majority of the TPS are actively traded in the market and as a result, the Company has determined that the valuation of these securities falls within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  The Company also holds a small number of TPS for which unadjusted market prices are not available or the market is not active and is therefore classified as level 2.  For these securities, broker-dealer quotes, valuations based on similar but not identical securities or the most recent market trade (which may not be current), are used.  The fair value of TPS transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 during 2010 was $3.3 million.  The Company transferred $5.8 million in TPS during 2009 to Level 2 from Level 1.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded losses on AFS securities of $0.6 million, of which $0.4 million were OTTI arising from an increase on credit risk on three private-label MBS.

 

Derivative financial instruments — Currently, the Company uses interest rate swaps as part of its cash flow strategy to manage its interest rate risk.  The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including strike price, forward rates, volatility estimates and discount rates. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts).  The variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves.

 

To comply with the provisions of ASC 820, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated into the valuation to appropriately reflect both the Company’s own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements.  The Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings and thresholds.

 

Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties.  However, at December 31, 2010, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives.  As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

F - 49



Table of Contents

 

Private equity investments — The valuation of nonpublic private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such assets.  The carrying values of private equity investments are adjusted either upwards or downwards from the transaction price to reflect expected exit values as evidenced by financing and sale transactions with third parties, or when determination of a valuation adjustment is confirmed through ongoing reviews by management.  A variety of factors are reviewed and monitored to assess positive and negative changes in valuation including, but not limited to, current operating performance and future expectations of the particular investment, industry valuations of comparable public companies, changes in market outlook and the third-party financing environment.  In determining valuation adjustments resulting from the investment review process, emphasis is placed on current company performance and market conditions.  As a result, the Company has determined that private equity investments are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  The value of private equity investments was not material at December 31, 2010.

 

Impaired Loans — Certain collateral-dependent impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral.  Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral, which is typically derived from appraisals that take into consideration prices in observed transactions involving similar assets and similar locations, in accordance with ASC 310.  Depending on the age of the appraisal and current real estate market activity, the Company may discount the appraisal to reflect valuation declines. The fair value of other impaired loans is measured using a discounted cash flow analysis considered to be a level 3 input.

 

Loans held for sale — Loans held for sale are primarily nonperforming loans that management intends to sell within the next 12 months.  Fair value on these loans is estimated based on price quotes from potential buyers.  Since there is not an active market with observable prices for these loans, the Company considers the measurements to be Level 3 inputs.  The Company did not have any loans held for sale at December 31, 2010.

 

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets

 

Significant other
observable inputs

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2010

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

407,977

 

$

 

$

405,545

 

$

2,432

 

U.S. government agencies

 

80,619

 

 

80,619

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

88,308

 

79,093

 

9,215

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

59,595

 

 

59,595

 

 

Municipal securities

 

945

 

 

945

 

 

Total available for sale securities

 

$

637,444

 

$

79,093

 

$

555,919

 

$

2,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge - interest rate swap

 

$

504

 

$

 

$

504

 

$

 

Reverse interest rate swap

 

4,840

 

 

4,840

 

 

Total derivative assets

 

$

5,344

 

$

 

$

5,344

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge - interest rate swap

 

$

1,712

 

$

 

$

1,712

 

$

 

Reverse interest rate swap

 

5,106

 

 

5,106

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 

$

6,818

 

$

 

$

6,818

 

$

 

 

F - 50



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets

 

Significant other
observable
inputs

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2009

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

402,913

 

$

 

$

400,540

 

$

2,373

 

U.S. government agencies

 

56,453

 

 

56,453

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

34,781

 

28,931

 

5,850

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

32,641

 

 

32,641

 

 

Municipal securities

 

2,417

 

 

2,417

 

 

Total available for sale securities

 

$

529,205

 

$

28,931

 

$

497,901

 

$

2,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge - interest rate swap

 

$

4,202

 

$

 

$

4,202

 

$

 

Reverse interest rate swap

 

3,495

 

 

3,495

 

 

Total derivative assets

 

$

7,697

 

$

 

$

7,697

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedge - interest rate swap

 

$

55

 

$

 

$

55

 

$

 

Reverse interest rate swap

 

3,623

 

 

3,623

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 

$

3,678

 

$

 

$

3,678

 

$

 

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of assets measured at fair value, on a recurring basis, using Level 3 inputs follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Beginning balance

 

$

2,373

 

$

3,709

 

Realized loss on OTTI

 

(451

)

(1,331

)

Paydowns

 

(714

)

(1,361

)

Net accretion

 

158

 

75

 

Unrealized gain included in comprehensive income

 

1,066

 

1,281

 

Ending balance

 

$

2,432

 

$

2,373

 

 

Fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain financial assets and financial liabilities in specific circumstances.  The following table presents the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets

 

Significant
other
observable inputs

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2010

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Net impaired loans

 

$

47,616

 

$

 

$

 

$

47,616

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets

 

Significant
other
observable inputs

 

Significant
unobservable
inputs

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2009

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Net impaired loans

 

$

62,972

 

$

 

$

872

 

$

62,100

 

Loans held for sale

 

1,820

 

 

 

1,820

 

 

F - 51



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, impaired loans had a carrying value (gross of allowance for loan losses) of $59.5 million and $76.9 million, respectively, and a fair value (net of allowance for loan losses) of $47.6 million and $63.0 million, respectively.  During 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $42.1 million and $84.2 million, respectively, on impaired loans.  Also, charge-offs on impaired loans of $44.1 million and $70.7 million were recorded during 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Charge-offs on loans transferred at fair value to held for sale totaled $6.5 million and $5.9 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The Company recorded a $0.4 million and $0.1 million loss upon the sale of these loans during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities such as foreclosed assets, other real estate owned, intangible assets, nonfinancial assets and liabilities evaluated in a goodwill impairment analysis and other nonfinancial assets measured at fair value for purposes of assessing impairment.  A description of the valuation methodologies used for nonfinancial assets measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

 

Goodwill impairment analysis — Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process.  In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, step two is performed, where the implied fair value of goodwill is compared to the carrying value of the reporting units’ goodwill.  Implied goodwill is computed as a residual value after allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to its assets and liabilities.  The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units using market multiples of comparable entities, including recent transactions, or a combination of market multiples and a discounted cash flow methodology.  Since these methods incorporate assumptions specific to the entity, such as the use of financial forecasts, the fair value of the reporting units and their assets and liabilities are considered a Level 3 input by the Company.  See Note 6 — Goodwill and Intangible assets, for additional information.

 

Intangible assets Intangible assets consist primarily of amortizing customer lists and nonamortizing trade name that were initially recorded at fair value.  Intangible assets are subject to impairment testing whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  The fair value of intangible assets is based on an income approach using a present value model, considered a Level 3 input by the Company.

 

Other real estate owned (OREO) OREO represents real property taken by the Bank either through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu thereof from the borrower.  The fair value of OREO is based on property appraisals adjusted at management’s discretion to reflect a further decline in the fair value of properties since the time the appraisal analysis was performed.  It has been the Company’s experience that appraisals quickly become outdated due to the volatile real-estate environment.  Therefore, the inputs used to determine the fair value of OREO fall within Level 3.

 

The following table presents the Company’s nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

 

F - 52



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Quoted prices in
active markets for
identical assets

 

Significant other
observable inputs

 

Significant
unobservable inputs

 

Total loss for the
year ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2010

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

2010

 

OREO

 

$

26,416

 

$

 

$

 

$

26,416

 

$

(7,392

)

Tradename

 

 

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

 

Fair value measurements using:

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Quoted prices in

active markets for
identical assets

 

Significant other
observable inputs

 

Significant
unobservable inputs

 

Total loss for the
year ended
December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2009

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

2009

 

Goodwill

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

(46,160

)

Tradename

 

149

 

 

 

149

 

(120

)

OREO

 

26,507

 

 

 

26,507

 

(3,292

)

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, the Company performed an impairment test on a tradename intangible asset during the second quarter of 2010 and concluded that the Company’s decision not to use the tradename in the future was a triggering event for an impairment charge.  As a result, an impairment charge of $0.1 million was included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Goodwill was fully written-off at December 31, 2009, from $46.2 million at December 31, 2008.  The Company recorded a goodwill impairment of $33.7 million and $12.5 million during the first and third quarters of 2009, respectively.  In addition, a trade name with a carrying value of $0.3 million was written down to its fair value of $0.2 million during the first quarter of 2009 resulting in an impairment charge of $0.1 million.  These impairment charges were included in earnings for the year ended 2009.

 

In accordance with ASC 310, the fair value of OREO recorded as an asset is reduced by estimated selling costs.  The following table is a reconciliation of the fair value measurement of OREO at December 31, 2010 and 2009, disclosed pursuant to ASC 820 to the amount recorded on the consolidated balance sheet:

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

OREO recorded at fair value

 

$

26,416

 

$

26,507

 

Estimated selling costs

 

(1,321

)

(1,325

)

OREO

 

$

25,095

 

$

25,182

 

 

Valuation adjustments on OREO are recognized in current earnings under the caption “Loss on securities, other assets and other real estate owned.”  Below is a summary of the 2010 and 2009 OREO transactions:

 

F - 53



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At and for the year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

Beginning balance

 

 

 

$

25,182

 

 

 

$

5,941

 

Foreclosed loans

 

29,422

 

 

 

53,377

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(8,839

)

 

 

(18,125

)

 

 

Transferred in

 

 

 

20,583

 

 

 

35,252

 

OREO sales

 

 

 

(13,278

)

 

 

(13,347

)

Net loss on sale and valuation adjustments

 

 

 

(7,392

)

 

 

(3,292

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

628

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

25,095

 

 

 

25,182

 

Estimated selling costs

 

 

 

1,321

 

 

 

1,325

 

OREO recorded at fair value

 

 

 

$

26,416

 

 

 

$

26,507

 

 

The following table includes the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments.  The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis are discussed above.  The methodologies for estimating the fair value for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below.  The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies.  However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data in order to develop the estimates of fair value.  Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange.  The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Carrying

 

fair

 

Carrying

 

fair

 

(in thousands)

 

value

 

value

 

value

 

value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

24,166

 

$

24,166

 

$

47,637

 

$

47,637

 

Restricted cash

 

15,872

 

15,872

 

7,358

 

7,358

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

637,444

 

637,444

 

529,205

 

529,205

 

Investment securities held to maturity

 

262

 

270

 

302

 

308

 

Other investments

 

6,962

 

6,962

 

16,473

 

16,473

 

Loans — net

 

1,577,835

 

1,562,844

 

1,705,750

 

1,704,299

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

1,820

 

1,820

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,081

 

8,081

 

8,184

 

8,184

 

Interest rate swaps

 

5,344

 

5,344

 

7,697

 

7,697

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

36,043

 

36,043

 

34,560

 

34,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

1,889,368

 

$

1,891,107

 

$

1,968,833

 

$

1,971,213

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

14,012

 

14,012

 

240

 

240

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

157,690

 

154,776

 

139,794

 

136,329

 

Accrued interest payable

 

930

 

930

 

1,500

 

1,500

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

72,166

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

20,984

 

18,610

 

20,984

 

18,676

 

Interest rate swaps

 

6,818

 

6,818

 

3,678

 

3,678

 

 

The estimation methodologies utilized by the Company are summarized as follows:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Restricted Cash — The carrying amount of restricted cash is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

F - 54



Table of Contents

 

Other Investments — The estimated fair value of other investments approximates their carrying value.

 

Loans — The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. In computing the estimate of fair value for all loans, the estimated cash flows and/or carrying value have been reduced by specific and general reserves for loan losses.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable — The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable/payable is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to the short-term nature of these amounts.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance — The carrying amount of bank-owned life insurance is based on the cash surrender value of the policies and is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Deposits — The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the expected life using an index of the U.S. Treasury curve. Nonmaturity deposits are reflected at their carrying value for purposes of estimating fair value.

 

Short-Term Borrowings — The estimated fair value of short-term borrowings approximates their carrying value, due to their short-term nature.

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase — Estimated fair value is based on discounting cash flows for comparable instruments.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures — The estimated fair value of junior subordinated debentures approximates their carrying value, due to the variable interest rate paid on the debentures.

 

Subordinated Notes Payable — The estimated fair value of subordinated notes payable is based on discounting cash flows for comparable instruments.

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit — The Company’s off-balance sheet commitments are funded at current market rates at the date they are drawn upon. It is management’s opinion that the fair value of these commitments would approximate their carrying value, if drawn upon.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

 

19.    SEGMENTS

 

The Company’s principal areas of activity consist of commercial banking, investment banking, investment advisory and trust services, insurance and corporate support and other.

 

The Investment Banking segment consists of the operations of GMB, which provides middle-market companies with merger and acquisition advisory services, institutional private placements of debt and equity, and other strategic financial advisory services.

 

In conjunction with the Company’s strategic initiative to create a focused wealth management offering, the Company changed its operating segments in the third quarter of 2010 to reflect an internal realignment of its wealth management components.  As part of this change, the Investment Advisory and Trust segment that was previously reported has been renamed Wealth Management

 

F - 55



Table of Contents

 

and a business line has been moved from Insurance into the new Wealth Management segment.  All prior period disclosures have been adjusted to conform to the new presentation.  The segment includes the operations of CoBiz Trust, CoBiz Investment and FDL’s wealth transfer business line.  The wealth transfer business line assists high net-worth individuals and companies with the acquisition of institutionally-priced life insurance products.  Revenues of the segment are generally derived as a percentage of assets under management for the trust and investment management lines and from commissions paid by insurers with whom wealth transfer has placed policies.

 

The Insurance segment includes the employee benefits and brokerage activities of FDL and CoBiz Insurance, Inc. The FDL employee benefits line targets small- to mid-sized employers and offers group insurance and retirement plan design and consulting services. CoBiz Insurance, Inc. is a property and casualty (P&C) broker agency focusing on commercial and affluent individual lines of coverage.  The majority of the revenues for the segment are derived from insurance product sales and referrals, paid by third-party insurance carriers.

 

The Corporate Support and Other segment consists of activities that are not directly attributable to the other reportable segments and include centralized bank operations and the activities of the Parent.

 

The financial information for each business segment reflects that information which is specifically identifiable or which is allocated based on an internal allocation method. Results of operations and selected financial information by operating segment are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010

 

Commercial

 

Banking

 

Wealth

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Services

 

Management

 

Insurance

 

Other

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

114,697

 

$

8

 

$

2

 

$

2

 

$

1,270

 

$

115,979

 

Total interest expense

 

13,714

 

 

40

 

11

 

5,383

 

19,148

 

Provision for loan losses

 

30,224

 

 

 

 

4,903

 

35,127

 

Noninterest income

 

10,439

 

5,650

 

9,752

 

8,701

 

466

 

35,008

 

Noninterest expense

 

37,015

 

5,534

 

10,366

 

9,005

 

47,192

 

109,112

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management fees and allocations

 

24,089

 

163

 

721

 

343

 

(25,316

)

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

20,180

 

52

 

(78

)

162

 

(10,288

)

10,028

 

Net loss before noncontrolling interest

 

(86

)

(91

)

(1,295

)

(818

)

(20,138

)

(22,428

)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(209

)

(209

)

Net loss

 

(86

)

(91

)

(1,295

)

(818

)

(20,347

)

(22,637

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,832

 

77

 

381

 

539

 

25

 

3,854

 

Capital expenditures

 

2,692

 

35

 

228

 

61

 

30

 

3,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets

 

$

2,338,829

 

$

4,101

 

$

5,597

 

$

8,058

 

$

38,503

 

$

2,395,088

 

 

F - 56



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009

 

Commercial

 

Banking

 

Wealth

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Services

 

Management

 

Insurance

 

Other

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

128,914

 

$

7

 

$

 

$

 

$

529

 

$

129,450

 

Total interest expense

 

21,701

 

 

16

 

13

 

4,336

 

26,066

 

Provision for loan losses

 

103,427

 

 

 

 

2,388

 

105,815

 

Noninterest income

 

9,555

 

1,154

 

8,052

 

8,912

 

(46

)

27,627

 

Noninterest expense

 

34,533

 

4,024

 

9,903

 

8,498

 

38,292

 

95,250

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

15,348

 

5,279

 

21,384

 

4,149

 

 

46,160

 

Management fees and allocations

 

30,987

 

211

 

773

 

477

 

(32,448

)

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

(19,829

)

(3,768

)

(1,781

)

(1,593

)

(5,888

)

(32,859

)

Net loss before noncontrolling interest

 

(47,698

)

(4,585

)

(22,243

)

(2,632

)

(6,197

)

(83,355

)

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

314

 

314

 

Net loss

 

(47,698

)

(4,585

)

(22,243

)

(2,632

)

(5,883

)

(83,041

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

3,272

 

67

 

449

 

513

 

61

 

4,362

 

Capital expenditures

 

2,628

 

10

 

1

 

123

 

22

 

2,784

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets

 

$

2,380,362

 

$

609

 

$

3,312

 

$

10,278

 

$

71,454

 

$

2,466,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2008

 

Commercial

 

Banking

 

Wealth

 

 

 

Support and

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Banking

 

Services

 

Management

 

Insurance

 

Other

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

144,736

 

$

38

 

$

3

 

$

4

 

$

127

 

$

144,908

 

Total interest expense

 

43,988

 

 

8

 

11

 

5,550

 

49,557

 

Provision for loan losses

 

39,796

 

 

 

 

 

39,796

 

Noninterest income

 

8,785

 

5,055

 

11,618

 

9,840

 

480

 

35,778

 

Noninterest expense

 

33,098

 

5,117

 

11,619

 

8,694

 

31,189

 

89,717

 

Management fees and allocations

 

26,889

 

265

 

759

 

411

 

(28,324

)

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

3,075

 

(99

)

(60

)

134

 

(3,141

)

(91

)

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interest

 

6,675

 

(190

)

(705

)

594

 

(4,667

)

1,707

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(379

)

(379

)

Net income (loss)

 

6,675

 

(190

)

(705

)

594

 

(5,046

)

1,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,919

 

72

 

507

 

575

 

82

 

4,155

 

Capital expenditures

 

3,497

 

32

 

61

 

119

 

28

 

3,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets

 

$

2,629,082

 

$

6,670

 

$

23,891

 

$

13,840

 

$

10,792

 

$

2,684,275

 

 

 

20.               CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

 

Condensed financial statements pertaining only to CoBiz Financial Inc. are presented below. Investments in subsidiaries are stated using the equity method of accounting.

 

F - 57



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

At December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash on deposit at subsidiary bank

 

$

28,781

 

$

33,461

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

255,062

 

269,472

 

Accounts receivable from subsidiaries

 

14,798

 

5,033

 

Taxes receivable

 

5,354

 

14,749

 

Other

 

3,014

 

11,115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

307,009

 

$

333,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable to subsidiaries

 

$

6,911

 

$

6,289

 

Subordinated debentures

 

93,150

 

93,150

 

Other liabilities

 

5,210

 

3,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

105,271

 

103,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

201,738

 

230,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

307,009

 

$

333,830

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management fees

 

$

3,906

 

$

3,664

 

$

4,583

 

Interest income

 

363

 

131

 

151

 

Other income

 

72

 

3,332

 

125

 

Total Income

 

4,341

 

7,127

 

4,859

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

4,566

 

3,733

 

4,836

 

Interest expense

 

5,748

 

4,396

 

5,575

 

Other expense

 

2,600

 

2,907

 

2,629

 

Total Expenses

 

12,914

 

11,036

 

13,040

 

Net loss before income taxes

 

(8,573

)

(3,909

)

(8,181

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(7,618

)

5,376

 

3,135

 

Net income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

(16,191

)

1,467

 

(5,046

)

Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

 

(6,446

)

(84,508

)

6,374

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(22,637

)

$

(83,041

)

$

1,328

 

 

F - 58



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(22,637

)

$

(83,041

)

$

1,328

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

6,446

 

84,508

 

(6,374

)

Stock-based compensation

 

301

 

372

 

339

 

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

(9

)

(5

)

(159

)

Change in other assets and liabilities

 

7,703

 

(6,221

)

(4,965

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(8,196

)

(4,387

)

(9,831

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash paid in earn-outs

 

 

(375

)

 

Net cash paid for BDA Acquisition

 

 

 

(6,781

)

Net advances (repayments) to/from subsidiaries

 

7,495

 

(67,523

)

7,971

 

Other

 

(31

)

7

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

7,464

 

(67,891

)

1,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

(17,070

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

735

 

56,340

 

1,245

 

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable, net

 

 

 

20,900

 

Proceeds from the issuance of Preferred Stock

 

 

 

64,398

 

Dividends paid on common stock

 

(1,470

)

(2,597

)

(6,613

)

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

(3,222

)

(2,919

)

 

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 

9

 

5

 

159

 

Other

 

 

(56

)

83

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(3,948

)

50,773

 

63,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(4,680

)

(21,505

)

54,461

 

Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of year

 

33,461

 

54,966

 

505

 

Cash and cash equivalents — end of year

 

$

28,781

 

$

33,461

 

$

54,966

 

 

21.     SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

   The table below sets forth unaudited financial information for each quarter of the last two years:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

September 30,

 

June 30,

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

September 30,

 

June 30,

 

March 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2010

 

2010

 

2010

 

2010

 

2009

 

2009

 

2009

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

28,252

 

$

28,550

 

$

29,258

 

$

29,919

 

$

30,973

 

$

32,102

 

$

32,841

 

$

33,534

 

Interest expense

 

4,234

 

4,663

 

5,085

 

5,166

 

5,981

 

6,515

 

6,615

 

6,955

 

Net interest income

 

24,018

 

23,887

 

24,173

 

24,753

 

24,992

 

25,587

 

26,226

 

26,579

 

Net loss

 

(12,274

)

(1,897

)

(3,769

)

(4,697

)

(4,538

)

(15,743

)

(15,811

)

(46,949

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share—basic

 

$

(0.36

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.13

)

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.50

)

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.07

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share—diluted

 

$

(0.36

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.13

)

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.50

)

$

(0.72

)

$

(2.07

)

 

F - 59